Chevrolet 2015 Colorado Owners Manual Owner's

2015-10-23

: Chevrolet Chevrolet-2015-Chevrolet-Colorado-Owners-Manual-814195 chevrolet-2015-chevrolet-colorado-owners-manual-814195 chevrolet pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 435 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

2k15_ct_colorado_22894855A.ai
(Modern Bridge - Level 2 / #23321109)
Spine = Printer Adjust
(Image set @ 60% Transparency
Color = Black
Date = 06/26/14
Colorado
2015
2015 Colorado
chevrolet.com (U.S.)
chevrolet.gm.ca (Canada)
22894855 A
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
2015 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual M
In Brief ........................ 1-1
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Performance and
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Keys, Doors, and
Windows .................... 2-1
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1
Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-33
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Phone........................7-25
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-21
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-30
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-43
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Driver Assistance Systems . . . 9-49
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-67
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
2015 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual M
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . 11-13
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-16
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-12
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
Index ..................... i-1
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Introduction iii
The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and
COLORADO are trademarks and/or
service marks of General Motors
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited”for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle,
model variants, country
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual.
Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the
features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
Canadian Vehicle Owners
Propriétaires Canadiens
A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
savant:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 22894855 A First Printing ©2014 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
iv Introduction
Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.
{Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death.
{Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.
{Caution
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
damage.
A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,”or “Do not let
this happen.”
Symbols
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
M:This symbol is shown when
you need to see your owner manual
for additional instructions or
information.
*:This symbol is shown when
you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
information.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.
9:Airbag Readiness Light
#:Air Conditioning
$:Brake System Warning Light
":Charging System
I:Cruise Control
B:Engine Coolant Temperature
O:Exterior Lamps
#:Fog Lamps
.:Fuel Gauge
+:Fuses
3:Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
5:Hill Descent Control
j:LATCH System Child
Restraints
*:Malfunction Indicator Lamp
::Oil Pressure
}:Power
>:Safety Belt Reminders
7:Tire Pressure Monitor
d:Traction Control/StabiliTrak
®
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
vi Introduction
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
In Brief 1-1
In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-8
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Passenger Sensing System . . . 1-9
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Steering Wheel
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-12
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-17
Bluetooth
®
................... 1-17
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-17
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-19
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-20
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Roadside Assistance
Program .................... 1-21
OnStar
®
..................... 1-21
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
In Brief 1-3
1. Air Vents on page 8-6.
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and
Lane-Change Signals on
page 6-5.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5-22.
3. Instrument Cluster on page 5-8.
4. Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5-3.
5. Light Sensor. See Automatic
Headlamp System on page 6-3.
Vehicle Alarm System Indicator
(If Equipped). See Vehicle Alarm
System on page 2-11.
6. Infotainment on page 7-1.
7. Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6-6.
8. Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6-1.
Fog Lamps on page 6-5 (If
Equipped).
9. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out
of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5-13.
10. Parking Brake on page 9-42.
11. Hood Release. See Hood on
page 10-4.
12. Transfer Case Knob (If
Equipped). See Four-Wheel
Drive on page 9-37.
13. Cruise Control on page 9-46.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9-49 (If
Equipped).
14. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 5-2 (Out of View).
15. Horn on page 5-3.
16. Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5-3 (If Equipped).
17. Hazard Warning Flashers on
page 6-4.
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-43.
Cargo Lamp on page 6-6.
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) on page 9-52 (If
Equipped).
Hill Descent Control (If
Equipped). See Hill Descent
Control (HDC) on page 9-45.
Tow/Haul Selector Button (If
Equipped). See Tow/Haul
Mode on page 9-35.
18. Heated Front Seats on
page 3-6 (If Equipped).
19. Auxiliary Jack on page 7-16.
USB Port on page 7-13.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
1-4 In Brief
20. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission on page 9-30 or
Manual Transmission on
page 9-35.
21. Power Outlets on page 5-5 (If
Equipped).
22. Climate Control Systems on
page 8-1 (If Equipped).
Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8-3 (If
Equipped).
Initial Drive
Information
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
The RKE transmitter functions may
work from up to 60 m (197 ft) away
from the vehicle.
K:Press to unlock the driver door.
Press Kagain within three seconds
to unlock all remaining doors.
Q:Press to lock all doors. Lock
and unlock feedback can be
personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-33.
7:Press and release one time to
initiate vehicle locator. Press 7and
hold for at least three seconds to
sound the panic alarm. Press 7
again to cancel the panic alarm.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
In Brief 1-5
See Keys on page 2-1 and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2-4.
Remote Vehicle Start
If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
Starting the Vehicle
1. Press and release Q.
2. Immediately press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
the turn signal lamps flash.
When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on and remain on as
long as the engine is running. The
doors will be locked and the climate
control system may come on.
The engine will continue to run for
10 minutes. After 30 seconds,
repeat the steps if a 10-minute
extension is desired. Remote start
can be extended only once. Place
the key in ON/RUN to operate the
vehicle.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.Press and hold /until the
parking lamps turn off.
.Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start on
page 2-6.
Door Locks
To lock or unlock a door from the
outside press Qor Kon the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter or use the key in the
driver door.
To lock a door from the inside, push
down on the door lock knob. To
unlock, pull the door handle once to
unlock the door and again to
unlatch it.
Power Door Locks
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab
Similar
If equipped with power door locks:
Q:Press to lock the doors.
K:Press to unlock the doors.
See Door Locks on page 2-7 and
Power Door Locks on page 2-8.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
1-6 In Brief
Windows
Power Windows
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab
Similar
If equipped, the driver door has a
switch to control all windows. Each
passenger door has a switch to
control that window. The power
windows work when the ignition is in
ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 9-25.
Press the switch to lower the
window. Pull the switch up to raise
it. See Windows on page 2-16.
Express Windows
If equipped, the express window
feature allows the windows to be
raised or lowered without holding
the switch.
To use express-down, press the
switch down fully and release.
The driver window may have the
express-up feature. Pull the switch
up fully and release to activate.
Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to make sure it is locked in
place.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
In Brief 1-7
Power Seats
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
.Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
.Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the entire control up
or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3-4 and Reclining Seatbacks
on page 3-5.
Power Lumbar
If equipped, press and hold the top
of the control to increase lumbar
support. Press and hold the bottom
of the control to decrease lumbar
support. Release the control when
the desired level of support is
reached.
See Lumbar Adjustment on
page 3-4.
Reclining Seatbacks
To recline:
1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
1-8 In Brief
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
See Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3-5.
Heated Seats
If equipped, the buttons are on the
center stack. To operate, the engine
must be running.
This feature will heat the cushion
and back of the seats.
Press +to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.
Press zto heat the driver or
passenger cushion and seatback.
The indicator light comes on when
this feature is on.
See Heated Front Seats on
page 3-6.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
See Head Restraints on page 3-2
and Seat Adjustment on page 3-3.
Safety Belts
Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly:
.Safety Belts on page 3-9.
.How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly on page 3-10.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
In Brief 1-9
.Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3-11.
.Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-38.
Passenger Sensing
System
United States
Canada
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3-23.
The passenger airbag status
indicator lights on the overhead
console are visible when the vehicle
is started. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator on page 5-12.
Mirror Adjustment
Using hood-mounted air deflectors
and add-on convex mirror
attachments could decrease mirror
performance.
Exterior Mirrors
Manual Mirrors
If equipped, adjust the manual
mirror by moving it up and down or
left to right to see a little of the side
of the vehicle and to have a clear
view behind the vehicle.
See Manual Mirrors on page 2-14.
Power Mirrors
If equipped, adjust the power
mirrors:
1. Move the selector switch to
L (Left) or R (Right) to choose
driver or passenger mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
3. Return the selector switch to the
center position.
See Power Mirrors on page 2-14.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
1-10 In Brief
Interior Mirror
Adjustment
Adjust the mirror for a clear view of
the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Dimming Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid the glare of
headlamps from behind.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
If equipped, the rearview mirror
dims automatically to reduce the
glare of the headlamps from behind.
The dimming feature comes on
when the vehicle is started.
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Tilt and Telescoping Steering
Wheel
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
In Brief 1-11
Interior Lighting
Dome Lamps
The interior lamps control in the
overhead console controls both the
front and rear interior lamps.
(:Turns the lamps off.
H:Turns the lamps on when any
door is opened.
':Keeps the lamps on all
the time.
Reading Lamps (If Equipped)
The front reading lamps are in the
overhead console.
The rear reading lamps are in the
headliner.
#or $:Press to turn each lamp
on or off.
For more information, see Dome
Lamps on page 6-7.
Exterior Lighting
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
O:Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
turn the automatic headlamps or
DRL back on.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is in
P (Park).
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
1-12 In Brief
AUTO: Automatically turns on the
headlamps at normal brightness,
together with the following:
.Parking Lamps
.Instrument Panel Lights
.Taillamps
.License Plate Lamps
.Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps
;:Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
5:Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
See:
.Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6-1.
.Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
on page 6-3.
.Fog Lamps on page 6-5.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
The windshield wiper/washer lever
is on the right side of the steering
column. With the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move
the windshield wiper lever to select
the wiper speed.
HI: Use for fast wipes.
LO: Use for slow wipes.
INT: Move the lever up to INT for
intermittent wipes, then turn the x
INT band up for more frequent
wipes or down for less frequent
wipes.
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
nL:Pull the windshield wiper
lever toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5-3.
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
In Brief 1-13
Climate Controls
These systems control the heating, cooling, and ventilation.
Climate Control System
1. Fan Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. Defrost
5. TEMP (Temperature Control)
6. Air Recirculation
7. Rear Window Defogger (If
Equipped)
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
1-14 In Brief
Automatic Climate Control System
1. Fan Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. Defrost
5. Temperature Control
6. Power Button
7. Air Recirculation
8. Rear Window Defogger (If
Equipped)
9. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
See Climate Control Systems on
page 8-1 or Automatic Climate
Control System on page 8-3 (If
Equipped).
Transmission
Range Selection Mode
The Range Selection Mode switch
is on the automatic transmission
shift lever.
To enable:
1. Move the shift lever to the
M (Manual Mode) position. The
current range will display next to
the M. This is the highest
attainable range with all lower
gears accessible. As an
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
In Brief 1-15
example, when 5 (Fifth) gear is
selected, 1 (First) through
5 (Fifth) gears are available.
2. Press the plus/minus button on
the shift lever to select the
desired range of gears for
current driving conditions. See
Manual Mode on page 9-33.
Four-Wheel Drive
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive,
the engine's driving power can be
sent to all four wheels for extra
traction.
Electronic Transfer Case
The transfer case knob is to the left
of the steering column. Use it to
shift into and out of the different
four-wheel drive modes.
The different drive options that may
be available are described following.
2m(Two-Wheel Drive High): This
setting is used for driving in most
street and highway situations.
4m(Four-Wheel Drive High): Use
this setting when extra traction is
needed, such as on snowy or icy
roads or in most off-road situations.
N (Neutral): Shift to this setting
only when towing the vehicle. See
Recreational Vehicle Towing on
page 10-76 or Trailer Towing on
page 9-61.
4n(Four-Wheel Drive Low): This
setting sends maximum power to all
four wheels. Choose 4 nwhen
driving in deep sand, mud, or snow,
and while climbing or descending
steep hills.
See Four-Wheel Drive on
page 9-37.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
1-16 In Brief
Vehicle Features
Infotainment System
The base radio and base radio with
connectivity information is included
in this manual. See the infotainment
manual for information on the
uplevel radios, audio players,
phone, navigation system, Rear
Seat Entertainment (RSE), and
voice or speech recognition,
if equipped.
Radio(s)
O:Press to turn the system on.
Press and hold to turn it off. When
on, press to mute; press again to
unmute. Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.
RADIO: Press to choose between
FM, AM, and SiriusXM
®
,
if equipped.
MEDIA: Press to change the audio
source between USB, AUX, and
Bluetooth
®
Audio, if equipped.
{:Press to go to the Home Page.
MENU: Press to select a menu.
g:Press to seek the previous
station or track.
l:Press to seek the next station
or track.
See Overview on page 7-3 about
these and other radio features.
Storing Radio Station Presets
Up to 25 preset stations from all
bands can be stored in the favorite
lists in any order. Up to five stations
can be stored in each favorite page
and the number of favorite pages
can be set.
To store the station to a position in
the list, while on the active source
main page, such as AM, FM,
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and
hold a favorites/soft key button on
the faceplate.
See “Storing Radio Station Presets”
under AM-FM Radio on page 7-7.
Setting the Clock
See Clock on page 5-4.
Satellite Radio
Vehicles with a SiriusXM
®
satellite
radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
satellite radio subscription can
receive SiriusXM programming.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
A fee is required to receive the
SiriusXM service.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
In Brief 1-17
For more information refer to:
.www.siriusxm.com or call
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.).
.www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
See Satellite Radio on page 7-8.
Portable Audio Devices
This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm
(1/8 in) auxiliary input jack and USB
port on the front or under the
armrest of the center console.
External devices such as iPods
®
,
laptop computers, MP3 players, and
USB storage devices may be
connected, depending on the audio
system.
See USB Port on page 7-13 and
Auxiliary Jack on page 7-16.
Bluetooth
®
The Bluetooth
®
system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
to make and receive hands-free
calls using the vehicle audio system
and controls.
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired with the in-vehicle
Bluetooth system before it can be
used in the vehicle. Not all phones
will support all functions.
See Bluetooth (Overview) on
page 7-25 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base
Radio) on page 7-27 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base
Connected Radio) on page 7-30.
Steering Wheel Controls
If equipped, the infotainment system
can be operated by using the
steering wheel controls. See
"Steering Wheel Controls" in the
infotainment manual.
Cruise Control
5:Press to turn the system on or
off. A white indicator comes on in
the instrument cluster when cruise
is turned on.
+RES: If there is a set speed in
memory, press briefly to resume to
that speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
1-18 In Brief
SET−:Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.
*:Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control on page 9-46.
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC display is in the center of
the instrument cluster. It shows the
status of many vehicle systems. The
controls for the DIC are on the turn
signal lever.
1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press
and hold to clear, the menu item
displayed.
2. w/x:Use the band to scroll
through the items in each menu.
3. MENU: Press to display the DIC
menus. This button is also used
to return to or exit the last
screen displayed on the DIC.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5-22.
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
green indicator, V, when a vehicle
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
vehicle much too closely. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9-49.
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
unintentional lane departures at
speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor
to detect the lane markings. The
LDW light, @, is green if a lane
marking is detected. If the vehicle
departs the lane, the light will
change to amber and flash. In
addition, beeps will sound.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9-52.
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
If equipped, RVC displays a view of
the area behind the vehicle, on the
infotainment system display, when
the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse).
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on
page 9-51.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
In Brief 1-19
Power Outlets
Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3
player, etc.
The vehicle may have accessory
power outlets:
.On the center stack below the
climate control system,
if equipped.
.On the center floor console,
if equipped.
.On the rear of the center storage
console.
Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.
See Power Outlets on page 5-5.
Performance and
Maintenance
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
The Traction Control System (TCS)
limits wheel spin. The system is on
when the vehicle is started.
The StabiliTrak system assists with
directional control of the vehicle in
difficult driving conditions. The
system is on when the vehicle is
started.
.To turn off traction control, press
and release the TCS/StabiliTrak
button gon the center stack. i
illuminates in the instrument
cluster.
.To turn off both traction control
and StabiliTrak, press and
hold gon the center stack, until
iand gilluminate in the
instrument cluster.
.Press gagain to turn on both
systems. iand ggo off in
instrument cluster.
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h
(35 mph). Traction control will
remain off until the driver presses
the gbutton or the ignition is cycled
from Off then On.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-43.
Tire Pressure Monitor
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
1-20 In Brief
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits on page 9-14.
The warning light will remain on until
the tire pressure is corrected.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
on page 10-49.
Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and, on most vehicles, displays a
Driver Information Center (DIC)
message when it is necessary to
change the engine oil and filter. The
oil life system should be reset to
100% only following an oil change.
Resetting the Oil Life System
To reset the engine oil life system:
1. Display the OIL LIFE
REMAINING on the Driver
Information System (DIC). See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5-22.
2. Press and hold SET/CLR for
several seconds. The oil life will
change to 100%.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
2. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING
on the DIC.
3. Fully press the accelerator pedal
slowly three times within
five seconds. If the display
shows 100%, the system is
reset.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10-10.
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
In Brief 1-21
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
.Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
.Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
.Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
.When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
.Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
.Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
.Combine several trips into a
single trip.
.Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
.Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Chevrolet owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13-5.
OnStar
®
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connection, and
Diagnostic Services. OnStar
services may require a paid
subscription. See OnStar Overview
on page 14-1.
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
1-22 In Brief
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1
Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Keys and Locks
Keys .......................... 2-1
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Doors
Tailgate ...................... 2-10
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . 2-11
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-13
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . 2-16
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-16
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Keys and Locks
Keys
{Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the keys in the
ignition, and children or others
could be caught in the path of a
closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with the
ignition key.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows
{Warning
If the key is unintentionally
rotated while the vehicle is
running, the ignition could be
moved out of the RUN
position. This could be caused by
heavy items hanging from the key
ring, or by large or long items
attached to the key ring that could
be contacted by the driver or
steering wheel. If the ignition
moves out of the RUN position,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key and key rings, and
RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
system to reduce the risk of
unintentionally moving the key out
of the RUN position. The ignition
key has a small hole to allow
attachment of the provided key ring.
It is important that any replacement
ignition keys have a small hole. See
your dealer if a replacement key is
required.
The combination and size of the
rings that came with your keys were
specifically selected for your
vehicle. The rings are connected to
the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally
moving the key out of the RUN
position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
ignition key. Attach additional items
only to the second ring, and limit
added items to a few essential keys
or small, light items no larger than
an RKE transmitter.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3
The key is used for the ignition and
all door locks.
Programming Keys
Follow these procedures to program
up to eight keys to the vehicle.
Programming with a
Recognized Key
To program a new key:
1. Insert the original, already
programmed key in the ignition
and turn the key to the ON/RUN
position.
2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF and
remove the key.
3. Insert the new key to be
programmed and turn it to the
ON/RUN position within
five seconds.
The security light will turn off
once the key has been
programmed.
4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional
keys are to be programmed.
If a key is lost or damaged, see your
dealer to have a new key made.
Programming without a
Recognized Key
Program a new key to the vehicle
when a recognized key is not
available. Canadian regulations
require that owners see their dealer.
If there are no currently recognized
keys available, follow this procedure
to program the first key.
This procedure will take
approximately 30 minutes to
complete for the first key. The
vehicle must be off and all of the
keys you wish to program must be
with you.
1. Insert the new vehicle key into
the ignition.
2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security
light will come on.
3. Wait 10 minutes until the
security light turns off.
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
times. After the third time, turn to
ON/RUN; the key is learned and
all previously known keys will no
longer work with the vehicle.
Remaining keys can be learned by
following the procedure in
“Programming with a
Recognized Key.”
The key has a bar-coded key tag
that the dealer or qualified locksmith
can use to make new keys. Store
this information in a safe place, not
in the vehicle.
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.
With an active OnStar subscription,
an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-12.
If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
.Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
.Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
.Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement”later
in this section.
.If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System on page 2-4.
With Remote Start (without
Remote Start Similar)
/(Remote Vehicle Start):
If equipped, /is used to start the
engine from outside the vehicle
using the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Vehicle Start on page 2-6.
Q(Lock): Press to lock all doors.
If enabled through the Driver
Information Center (DIC), the turn
signal lamps flash once to indicate
locking has occurred. If enabled
through the DIC, the horn chirps
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5
when Qis pressed again within
three seconds. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-33.
Pressing Qarms the vehicle alarm
system. See Vehicle Alarm System
on page 2-11.
K(Unlock): Press once to unlock
only the driver door. If Kis pressed
again within three seconds, all
remaining doors unlock. The interior
lamps may come on and stay on for
20 seconds or until the ignition is
turned on.
If enabled through the DIC, the turn
signal lamps flash twice to indicate
unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-33.
If enabled through the DIC, the
exterior lamps may turn on. See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Pressing Kon the RKE transmitter
disarms the vehicle alarm system.
See Vehicle Alarm System on
page 2-11.
7(Vehicle Locator/Panic
Alarm): Press and release one
time to initiate vehicle locator. The
turn signal lamps flash and the horn
sounds three times.
Press and hold 7for at least
three seconds to sound the panic
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
and the horn sounds repeatedly for
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
when the ignition is moved to ON/
RUN or 7is pressed again. The
ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
the panic alarm to work.
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to this vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
Each vehicle can have up to
eight transmitters programmed to it.
See your dealer for transmitter
programming.
Battery Replacement
Replace the battery in the
transmitter soon if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC.
{Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows
To replace the battery:
1. Separate and remove the back
cover of the transmitter with a
flat, thin object, such as a coin.
2. Press and slide the battery down
toward the pocket of the
transmitter in the direction of the
key ring. Do not use a metal
object.
3. Remove the battery.
4. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing up. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
5. Push together the transmitter
back cover top side first, and
then the bottom toward the
key ring.
Remote Vehicle Start
If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
The climate controls and rear
window defogger may also
come on.
If the vehicle has heated seats and
the feature is turned on in vehicle
personalization, the heated seats
will turn on during colder outside
temperatures and will shut off when
the key is turned to ON/RUN. See
Heated Front Seats on page 3-6.
Laws in some communities may
restrict the use of remote starters.
Check local regulations for any
requirements on remote starting of
vehicles.
Do not use remote start if the
vehicle is low on fuel.
The vehicle cannot be remote
started if:
.The key is in the ignition.
.The hood is not closed.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7
.There is an emission control
system malfunction and the
malfunction indicator lamp is on.
The engine will turn off during a
remote vehicle start if:
.The coolant temperature gets
too high.
.The oil pressure gets low.
The RKE transmitter range may be
less while the vehicle is running.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System on page 2-4 or Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-33.
Starting the Engine Using Remote
Start
1. Press and release Q.
2. Immediately press and hold /
until the turn signal lamps flash
or for at least four seconds.
When the vehicle starts, the
parking lamps will turn on. The
doors will be locked and the
climate control system may
come on.
The engine will continue to run for
10 minutes. Repeat the steps for
one 10-minute time extension. Place
the key in ON/RUN to operate the
vehicle.
Extending Engine Run Time
The engine run time can be
extended by 10 minutes, for a total
of 20 minutes, if during the first
10 minutes Steps 1–2 are repeated
while the engine is still running. An
extension can be requested,
30 seconds after starting.
A maximum of two remote starts,
or a single start with an extension,
is allowed between ignition cycles.
The vehicle's ignition must be
turned on and then back off to use
remote start again.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.Press and hold /until the
parking lamps turn off.
.Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.Turn the vehicle on and then off.
Door Locks
{Warning
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
.Passengers, especially
children, can easily open the
doors and fall out of a moving
vehicle. When a door is
locked, the handle will not
open it. The chance of being
(Continued)
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash is increased if the
doors are not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
.Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat
and can suffer permanent
injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it.
.Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the doors
can help prevent this from
happening.
To lock or unlock a door from the
outside press Qor Kon the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter or use the key in the
driver door.
To lock a door from the inside, push
down on the door lock knob. To
unlock, pull the door handle once to
unlock the door and again to
unlatch it.
Power Door Locks
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab
Similar
If equipped with power door locks:
Q:Press to lock the doors.
K:Press to unlock the doors.
Delayed Locking
This feature delays the actual
locking of the doors until
five seconds after all doors are
closed.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9
Delayed locking can only be turned
on when the Unlocked Door Anti
Lockout feature has been turned off.
When Qis pressed on the power
door lock switch with the door open,
a chime will sound three times
indicating that delayed locking is
active.
The doors will then lock
automatically five seconds after all
doors are closed. If a door is
reopened before five seconds have
elapsed, the five-second timer will
reset once all the doors are closed
again.
Press Qon the door lock switch
again, or press Qon the RKE
transmitter, to override this feature
and lock the doors immediately.
Delayed locking can be
programmed through the Driver
Information Center (DIC). See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Automatic Door Locks
The doors will lock automatically
when all doors are closed, the
ignition is on, and the shift lever is
moved out of P (Park) for automatic
transmissions and vehicle speed is
above 13 km/h (8 mph) for manual
transmissions.
To unlock the doors:
.Press Kon a door.
.Shift the transmission into
P (Park) for an automatic
transmission.
.Remove the key from the
ignition for a manual
transmission.
Automatic door unlocking can be
programmed through the Driver
Information Center (DIC). See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Lockout Protection
When locking is requested with the
driver door open and the key in the
ignition, all the doors will lock and
then the driver door will unlock. This
can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding Qon the
power door lock switch.
If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is
turned on, the vehicle is off with the
driver door open, and door locking
is requested, all the doors will lock
and only the driver door will unlock.
The Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
feature can be turned on or off using
the vehicle personalization menus.
See Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Safety Locks
If equipped, the rear door safety
locks prevent passengers from
opening the rear doors from inside
the vehicle.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Press {to activate the safety locks
on the rear doors. The indicator light
comes on when activated. The
vehicle must be on, in ACC/
ACCESSORY, or in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
on page 9-25.
If the indicator light flashes, the
feature may not be working properly.
Doors
Tailgate
{Warning
It is extremely dangerous to ride
on the tailgate, even when the
vehicle is operated at low speeds.
People riding on the tailgate can
easily lose their balance and fall
in response to vehicle
maneuvers. Falling from a moving
vehicle may result in serious
injuries or death. Do not allow
people to ride on the tailgate. Be
sure everyone in your vehicle is in
a seat and using a safety belt
properly.
On vehicles with a lock on the
tailgate, use the key to lock or
unlock the tailgate. The power door
locks will not lock or unlock the
tailgate.
Open the tailgate by lifting up on its
handle while pulling the
tailgate down.
To shut the tailgate, firmly push it
upward until it latches.
After closing the tailgate, pull it back
to be sure it latches securely.
Tailgate Removal
The tailgate can be removed to
allow for different loading situations.
Assistance may be needed with the
removal to avoid damage to the
vehicle.
On vehicles with a Rear Vision
Camera, it must be disconnected
before removing the tailgate. See
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on
page 9-51.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11
To remove the tailgate:
1. Raise the tailgate and support it
firmly. Pull out and hold the
cable retaining clip (1). Push the
cable (3) up and off of the
bolt (2). Repeat on the
other side.
2. With the tailgate about halfway
open, lift the right edge of the
tailgate from the lower pivot.
On vehicles with the tailgate
assist feature, raise the tailgate
nearly all the way to the closed
position prior to removing the
left edge.
3. Move the tailgate to the right and
away to release the left edge.
Reverse this procedure to reinstall
the tailgate. Make sure the tailgate
is secure.
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.
Vehicle Alarm System
If equipped with the anti-theft alarm
system, the indicator light, on the
instrument panel near the
windshield, indicates the status of
the system.
Off: Alarm system is disarmed.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows
On Solid: Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
Fast Flash: Vehicle is unsecured.
A door or the hood is open.
Slow Flash: Alarm system is
armed.
Arming the Alarm System
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle with one of the
following:
.Use the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter.
.With a door open, press Q
on the interior of the door.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm
system will arm, and the
indicator light will begin to slowly
flash indicating the alarm system
is operating. Pressing Qon the
RKE transmitter a second time
will bypass the 30-second delay
and immediately arm the alarm
system.
The theft-deterrent alarm system will
not arm if the doors are locked with
the key.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
by pressing Kon the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
activated.
If a door or the hood is opened
without first disarming the system,
the turn signals will flash and the
horn will sound for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event.
Disarming the Alarm System
To disarm the alarm system or turn
off the alarm if it has been activated:
.Press Kon the RKE transmitter.
.Start the vehicle.
To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident:
.Lock the vehicle after all
occupants have left the vehicle
and all doors are closed.
.Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter.
Unlocking the driver door with the
key will not disarm the system or
turn off the alarm.
Detecting a Tamper Condition
If Kis pressed on the RKE
transmitter and the horn chirps three
times, an alarm occurred previously
while the alarm system was armed.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-12.
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13
Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the vehicle is
turned off.
The system is automatically
disarmed when the key is turned to
ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
or START from the LOCK/OFF
position.
The security light, in the instrument
cluster, comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the ignition is turned on.
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged,
try another ignition key. It may be
necessary to check the fuse. See
Fuses on page 10-33. If the engine
still does not start with the other key,
the vehicle needs service. If the
vehicle does start, the first key may
be faulty. See your dealer.
It is possible for the immobilizer
system to learn new or replacement
keys. Up to eight keys can be
programmed for the vehicle. To
program additional transmitters, see
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2-4.
Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the vehicle
theft system in the vehicle.
See your dealer to get a new key
blank cut exactly as the ignition key
that operates the system.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
Manual Mirrors
If equipped, adjust manual mirrors
by moving the mirror up and down
or left to right to see a little of the
side of the vehicle and to have a
clear view behind the vehicle.
Using hood-mounted air deflectors
and add-on convex mirror
attachments could decrease mirror
performance.
Power Mirrors
If equipped, controls for the outside
power mirrors are located on the
driver door.
To adjust a mirror:
1. Move the selector switch to
L (Left) or R (Right) to choose
driver or passenger mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
3. Return the selector switch to the
center position.
Heated Mirrors
If equipped, the rear window
defogger also heats the outside
mirrors.
=(Rear Window Defogger):
Press to heat the outside mirrors.
See “Rear Window Defogger”under
Climate Control Systems on
page 8-1.
Blind Spot Mirrors
The blind spot mirror is a small
convex mirror built into the upper
and outer corner of the driver
outside mirror. It can show objects
that may be in the vehicle's
blind zone.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15
Driving with the Blind Spot
Mirror
Actual Mirror View
1. When the approaching vehicle is
a long distance away, the image
in the main mirror is small and
near the inboard edge of the
mirror.
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the
image in the main mirror gets
larger and moves outboard.
3. As the vehicle enters the blind
zone, the image transitions from
the main mirror to the blind spot
mirror.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind
zone, the image only appears in
the blind spot mirror.
Using the Outside Mirror with
the Blind Spot Mirror
1. Set the main mirror so that the
side of the vehicle can just be
seen and the blind spot mirror
has an unobstructed view.
2. When checking for traffic or
before changing a lane, look at
the main driver/passenger side
mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
vehicle. Check the blind spot
mirror for a vehicle in the blind
zone. Then, glance over your
shoulder to double check before
moving slowly into the
adjacent lane.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
may have three control buttons at
the bottom of the mirror. See your
dealer for more information about
OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
See OnStar Overview on page 14-1.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare from
the headlamps from behind.
Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
If equipped, the mirror will
automatically reduce the glare of the
headlamps from behind. The
dimming feature comes on each
time the vehicle is started.
Windows
{Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17
The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Power Windows
{Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys on page 2-1.
Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab
Similar
The driver door has a switch to
control all windows. Each
passenger door has a switch to
control that window.
The power windows:
.Can be operated with the
ignition in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY.
.Can be operated in Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). See
Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9-25.
Press the switch down to lower the
window, and pull the switch to raise
the window.
Express-Down/Up Windows
Windows that have the
express-down/up feature allow the
windows to be lowered and raised
fully without holding the window
switch. Press the window switch
fully and release it to activate the
express-down feature. Pull the
switch up fully and release to
activate the express-up feature. The
express mode can be canceled at
any time by briefly pressing or
pulling the switch.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Programming the Power
Windows
Programming the power windows
may be necessary if the vehicle
battery has been disconnected or
discharged. If the window will not
express-up after the power has
been restored and a message
displays in the DIC:
1. Close all doors.
2. Place the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/
START.
3. From any partial open position,
close the window and continue
to pull the switch briefly after the
window has fully closed.
The window is now reprogrammed.
Obstacle Detection Feature
The obstacle detection feature is
part of the express-up feature and
is active:
.In the middle and upper portions
of the window opening.
.During window up movements.
.In ignition OFF during window
up movements and during
express-up in ignition ON/RUN/
START.
If there is something blocking the
window during automatic closing,
the window will reverse direction for
a short distance. Weather conditions
may cause the window to
auto-reverse. The window will return
to normal operation once the object
or condition is removed.
If conditions prevent the window
from closing and the window
continues to auto-reverse, it is
possible to close the window by
activating the express override.
Hold the window switch in the
partially or fully pulled position.
Release of the switch from the
partially pulled up position will cause
the window to stop. Release of the
switch from the fully pulled position
will activate the express-up and
related obstacle detection features.
{Warning
If express override is activated,
the window will not reverse
automatically. You or others could
be injured and the window could
be damaged. Before you use
express override, make sure that
all people and obstructions are
clear of the window path.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19
Rear Window Lockout (Crew
Cab Only)
This feature prevents the rear
passenger windows from operating,
except from the driver position.
Press Zto activate the window
lockout. The indicator light in the
switch will illuminate when
activated.
Press Zagain to deactivate the
lockout switch.
If the indicator light flashes, the
feature may not be working properly.
Rear Windows
Sliding Rear Window
If the vehicle has this feature,
squeeze the latch in the center of
the window and slide the glass to
open it.
Be sure the latch is engaged when
the window is closed.
Sun Visors
Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window or, if equipped, extend
along the rod.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Seats and
Restraints
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Rear Seats
Rear Seats (Crew Cab) . . . . . . . 3-7
Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-15
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-18
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-27
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-28
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-34
Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-36
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-59
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
{Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.
Driver Seat, Inboard Button
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of the
seatback, and push the restraint
down. Try to move the head
restraint after the button is released
to make sure that it is locked in
place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-3
Rear Head Restraints
Crew Cab
The vehicle’s rear seats have head
restraints in the outboard seating
positions that cannot be adjusted up
or down.
The rear outboard head restraints
are designed to be folded. When
folding the seatback down the head
restraint must first be manually
folded forward out of the way to fold
the seatback down.
The head restraint can be folded
forward to allow for better visibility
when the rear seat is unoccupied.
To fold the head restraint, press the
button on the side of the head
restraint.
When an occupant is in the seat,
always return the head restraint to
the upright position until it locks into
place. Push and pull on the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-38.
Extended Cab
The vehicle’s rear seats have
headrests in the outboard seating
positions that cannot be adjusted.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-38.
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment
{Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-4 Seats and Restraints
To adjust the seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure the seat is
locked in place.
Power Seat Adjustment
To adjust the seat, if equipped:
.Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
.Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the entire control up
or down.
To adjust the seatback, see “Manual
Reclining Seatbacks”under
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-5.
Lumbar Adjustment
Power Lumbar
If equipped, press and hold the top
of the control to increase lumbar
support. Press and hold the bottom
of the control to decrease lumbar
support. Release the control when
the seatback reaches the desired
level of lumbar support.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-5
Reclining Seatbacks
{Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
{Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
{Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
To recline a manual seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-6 Seats and Restraints
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
Heated Front Seats
{Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use
care when using the seat heater,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.
If equipped, the buttons are on the
center stack. To operate, the engine
must be running.
This feature will heat the cushion
and back of the seats.
Press +to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.
Press zto heat the driver or
passenger cushion and seatback.
The indicator light comes on when
this feature is on.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the heated seats are on
high, their level may automatically
be lowered after approximately
30 minutes.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-7
Remote Start Auto Heated
Seats
During a remote start, the heated
seats can be turned on
automatically. The heated seats are
canceled when the ignition is turned
on. Press the heated seat button to
use the heated seats after the
vehicle is started.
The heated seat indicator lights do
not turn on during a remote start.
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal.
The heated seats will not turn on
during a remote start unless they
are enabled in the vehicle
personalization menu. See Remote
Vehicle Start on page 2-6 and
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Rear Seats
Rear Seats (Crew Cab)
On crew cab models, the rear
seatbacks can be folded forward.
{Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
To fold a rear seatback:
1. Fold the head restraint. See
Head Restraints on page 3-2.
2. Disconnect the rear center
safety belt latch from the
mini-buckle by inserting the tip of
the safety belt tongue into the
slot on the buckle. Let the belt
retract.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-8 Seats and Restraints
3. Pull the release strap on the
outboard side of the seatback.
4. Fold the seatback forward.
To return a seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the seatback up and push it
rearward.
2. Return the head restraint to the
upright position. See Head
Restraints on page 3-2.
{Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked in place.
{Warning
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
After raising the rear seatback,
always check to be sure that the
safety belts are properly routed
and attached, and are not twisted.
4. Reconnect the center safety belt
latch plate to the mini-buckle.
Make sure the safety belt is not
twisted.
5. Push and pull on the latch plate
to be sure it is secure.
When the seatback is not in use, it
should be kept in the upright, locked
position.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-9
Rear Seat Armrest
Crew Cab
If equipped, pull the armrest to
lower. There are two cupholders in
the armrest.
Safety Belts
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts
properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.
{Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders on
page 5-11.
This vehicle may have the Safety
Belt Assurance System, which may
prevent the vehicle from shifting out
of P (Park). See Safety Belt
Messages on page 5-30.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-10 Seats and Restraints
Why Safety Belts Work
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts!
When you wear a safety belt, you
and the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.
Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
A: You could be —whether you are
wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only; so they work with
safety belts —not instead of
them. Whether or not an airbag
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the
most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing safety belts.
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly
This section is only for people of
adult size.
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older
Children on page 3-29 or Infants
and Young Children on page 3-31.
Follow those rules for everyone's
protection.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a safety belt properly.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-11
.Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front
of you.
.Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.
.Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
.Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
{Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
.Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
.Never wear the shoulder belt
under both arms or behind
your back.
.Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
If you are using a rear seating
position with a detachable safety
belt and the safety belt is not
attached, see Rear Seats (Crew
Cab) on page 3-7 for instruction on
reconnecting the safety belt to the
mini-buckle.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see “Seats”
in the Index.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-12 Seats and Restraints
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let it
get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
you pull the belt across you very
quickly. If this happens, let the
belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged.
If this happens, let the belt go
back all the way and start again.
If the webbing locks in the latch
plate before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate to flat
to unlock.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 3-15.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-13
later in this section for
instructions on use and
important safety information.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
front outboard passenger.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
and not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly on
page 3-10.
Push up on the release button and
move the height adjuster to the
desired position.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-14 Seats and Restraints
After the adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it down
without pushing the release button
to make sure it has locked into
position.
Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. Safety belt
pretensioners can also help tighten
the safety belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
they will need to be replaced, and
the vehicle's safety belt system will
probably need other new parts. See
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts
after a Crash on page 3-16.
Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides
{Warning
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
Rear safety belt comfort guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a
shoulder belt, the comfort guide
positions the shoulder belt away
from the neck and head.
Adjustable comfort guides are
available through your dealer for the
rear outboard seating positions.
Instructions are included with the
guide.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-15
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child seats. To
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
belt. See the instruction sheet that
comes with the extender.
Safety System Check
Now and then, check that the safety
belt reminder light, safety belts,
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
anchorages are all working properly.
Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
frayed, get a new one right away.
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders on page 5-11.
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care on page 3-15.
Safety Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-16 Seats and Restraints
{Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a
Crash
{Warning
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5-12.
Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
.A frontal airbag for the driver.
.A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger.
.A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.
.A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger.
.A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver.
.A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger.
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
near the deployment opening.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-17
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback closest to
the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
{Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags are not designed to inflate
in every crash. In some crashes
safety belts are the only restraint.
See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? on page 3-20.
Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce the chance of
hitting things inside the vehicle or
being ejected from it. Airbags are
“supplemental restraints”to the
safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
{Warning
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-18 Seats and Restraints
{Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children on
page 3-29 or Infants and Young
Children on page 3-31.
There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol. The
system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-12.
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-19
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The driver and front outboard
passenger seat-mounted side
impact airbags are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.
Driver Side Crew Cab Shown,
Passenger Side and Extended Cab
Similar
The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front outboard passenger, and
second row outboard passengers
are in the ceiling above the side
windows.
{Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-20 Seats and Restraints
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System on
page 3-16. Airbags are designed to
inflate if the impact exceeds the
specific airbag system's deployment
threshold. Deployment thresholds
are used to predict how severe a
crash is likely to be in time for the
airbags to inflate and help restrain
the occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the
airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
rear impacts, or in many side
impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal
airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
according to crash severity.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck, if the sensing
system predicts that the vehicle is
about to roll over on its side, or in a
severe frontal impact.
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or repair costs.
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-21
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? on page 3-18.
How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts by
distributing the force of the impact
more evenly over the
occupant's body.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first and second rows. The rollover
capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? on
page 3-20.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts.
What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated.
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they inflate. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 3-18.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.
{Warning
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
(Continued)
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-22 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard
warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. You can lock the doors,
and turn off the interior lamps, and
turn off the hazard warning flashers
by using the controls for those
features.
{Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
.Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
.The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy on
page 13-14 and Event Data
Recorders on page 13-14.
.Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-23
Passenger Sensing
System
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
will light on the overhead console
when the vehicle is started.
United States
Canada
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbol for on and off, will be visible
during the system check. When the
system check is complete, either the
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for
on and off, will be visible. See
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on page 5-12.
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system.
The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat
and safety belt. The sensors are
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and
determine if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag should be
allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates.
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
(Continued)
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-24 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
inflate under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag is off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
.The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.
.The system determines that an
infant is present in a rear-facing
infant seat.
.The system determines that a
small child is present in a child
restraint.
.The system determines that a
small child is present in a
booster seat.
.A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
.The front outboard passenger
seat is occupied by a smaller
person, such as a child who has
outgrown child restraints.
.There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the off indicator will light and stay lit
as a reminder that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5-12.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat. When the
passenger sensing system has
allowed the airbag to be enabled,
the on indicator will light and stay lit
as a reminder that the airbag is
active.
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-25
For some children who have
outgrown child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon the
person's seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints should
wear a safety belt properly —
whether or not there is an airbag for
that person.
{Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-12 for more
information, including important
safety information.
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
Child Restraint
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions provided
by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat) on page 3-53 or Securing
Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) on page 3-59.
5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
recline the vehicle seatback and
adjust the seat cushion,
if adjustable, to make sure that
the vehicle seatback is not
pushing the child restraint into
the seat cushion. Also make
sure the child restraint is not
trapped under the vehicle head
restraint. If this happens, adjust
the head restraint. See Head
Restraints on page 3-2.
6. Restart the vehicle.
If the on indicator is still lit, secure
the child in the child restraint in a
rear seat position in the vehicle, and
check with your dealer.
If no rear seat is available, do not
install a child restraint in this vehicle
and check with your dealer.
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-26 Seats and Restraints
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant
If a person of adult-size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat. Use the
following steps to allow the system
to detect that person and enable the
front outboard passenger frontal
airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
5. If the shoulder portion of the belt
is pulled out all the way, the
child restraint locking feature will
be engaged. This may
unintentionally cause the
passenger sensing system to
turn the airbag off for some
adult-sized occupants. If this
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
the belt go back all the way, and
then buckle the belt again
without pulling the belt out all
the way.
6. Restart the vehicle and have the
person remain in this position for
two to three minutes after the on
indicator is lit.
{Warning
If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of
serious injury or even death. An
adult-sized occupant should not
ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag off indicator is lit.
Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Safety belts help keep the
passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and
braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts”and “Child Restraints”
in the Index for additional
information about the importance of
proper restraint use.
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-27
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3-27 for more information
about modifications that can affect
how the system operates.
The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired remove the object from
the seat.
{Warning
Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information on page 13-11.
{Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
{Warning
If a snow plow or similar
equipment is installed on the
vehicle, the airbag system may
not function properly. An airbag
(Continued)
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-28 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
could inflate when it is not
supposed to inflate. People riding
in the vehicle could be injured,
and the vehicle and/or snow plow
could be damaged. Do not install
a snow plow or similar equipment
on the vehicle.
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal may keep the airbag system
from working properly. The
operation of the airbag system can
also be affected by changing any
parts of the front seats, safety belts,
the airbag sensing and diagnostic
module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, any of the airbag modules,
ceiling or pillar garnish trim,
overhead console, front sensors,
side impact sensors, or airbag
wiring.
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger position,
which includes sensors that are part
of the passenger seat. The
passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing System on
page 3-23.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels on page 10-57 for
additional important information.
If you have to modify your vehicle
because you have a disability and
you have questions about whether
the modifications will affect the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you
have questions about whether the
airbag system will be affected if the
vehicle is modified for any other
reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance Offices
on page 13-3.
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5-12.
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-29
{Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? on page 3-18. See your
dealer for service.
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash
{Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not work properly and may not
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5-12.
Child Restraints
Older Children
Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-30 Seats and Restraints
The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
.Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear safety
belt comfort guide, if available.
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt
on page 3-11. If a comfort guide
is not available, or if the
shoulder belt still does not rest
on the shoulder, then return to
the booster seat.
.Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
page 3-11.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
{Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person
at a time.
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-31
{Warning
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
{Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
(Continued)
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-32 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle and never allow
children to play with the safety
belts.
Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.
{Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front
outboard seat. Secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
seat. It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
(Continued)
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-33
Warning (Continued)
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.
Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
special needs.
{Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury during a crash, infants
need complete support. In a
crash, if an infant is in a
rear-facing child restraint, the
crash forces can be distributed
across the strongest part of an
infant's body, the back and
shoulders. Infants should always
be secured in rear-facing child
restraints.
{Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
(Continued)
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-34 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.
Child Restraint Systems
Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Forward-Facing Child Seat
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with the
harness.
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-35
Booster Seats
A booster seat is a child restraint
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child
to see out the window.
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle
{Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3-38.
Children can be endangered in a
crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle —even when no child is
in it.
In some areas of the United States
and Canada, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-36 Seats and Restraints
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint
{Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great if the
airbag deploys.
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front passenger
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
front passenger airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
passenger frontal airbag, no
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front seat, always move the
front passenger seat as far back
as it will go. It is better to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3-23 for additional
information.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be secured in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-37
{Warning
Never secure a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in
the left rear seating position in an
extended cab model. This seating
position is not suitable for child
restraint installation. The seat
cushion is too short to properly
support a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint.
A child could be seriously injured
or killed in a sudden stop or
crash.
A rear-facing or forward-facing
child restraint can be installed in
the right rear seating position
using the seat cushion extension
in an extended cab model. Never
install a child restraint in the right
rear seating position without the
seat cushion extension.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
See Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-38 and Securing Child
Restraints (Rear Seat) on
page 3-53 or Securing Child
Restraints (Front Passenger
Seat) on page 3-59.
Never secure a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in the
left rear seating position in an
extended cab model.
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belt
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
additional passengers or child
restraints. Adjacent seating
positions should not be used if the
child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle —even when no child is
in it.
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-38 Seats and Restraints
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. The LATCH system is
designed to make installation of a
child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child
restraints can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
use both the safety belts and the
LATCH anchorage system to secure
a rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.
Booster seats use the vehicle’s
safety belts to secure the child in
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether.
The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments. In this
case, the safety belt must be used
(with top tether where available) to
secure the child restraint. See
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat) on page 3-53 or Securing
Child Restraints (Front Passenger
Seat) on page 3-59.
Black plate (39,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-39
Lower Anchors
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).
Top Tether Anchor
A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure
the top of the child restraint to the
vehicle. A top tether anchor is built
into the vehicle. The top tether
attachment hook (2) on the child
restraint connects to the top tether
anchor in the vehicle in order to
reduce the forward movement and
rotation of the child restraint during
driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single attachment
hook (2) to secure the top tether to
the anchor.
Some child restraints with top
tethers are designed for use with or
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Black plate (40,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-40 Seats and Restraints
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Crew Cab
I(Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
H(Lower Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors.
For crew cab models, there are
exposed metal lower anchors for
each rear outboard seating position,
where the seatback meets the back
of the seat cushion.
A child restraint in the rear center
seating position must be installed
with safety belts as it is not
equipped with lower LATCH
anchors. See Securing Child
Restraints (Rear Seat) on page 3-53
or Securing Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) on page 3-59.
Extended Cab (Rear Seats Shown)
I(Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
H(Lower Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors.
For extended cab models with rear
seats, there are exposed metal
lower anchors for each rear seating
position, attached to the back wall,
near the seat cushion.
Even though LATCH anchors are
required for this position, a child
restraint (forward-facing or
rear-facing) should not be installed
in the left rear seat.
Black plate (41,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-41
Extended Cab without Rear Seats
(Front Seats Shown)
For extended cab models without
rear seats, there is a top tether
anchor provided for the front
passenger seat.
I(Top Tether Anchor): Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
For extended cab without rear seat
and crew cab models, there are top
tether anchor symbols to assist you
in locating the top tether anchors.
Crew Cab
The top tether anchors in a crew
cab model are on the back wall
behind each rear seating position.
Fold down the rear seatback to
access the anchor. See instructions
for crew cab under Rear Seats
(Crew Cab) on page 3-7. Be sure to
use an anchor directly behind the
seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.
Extended Cab with Rear Seats
The top tether anchors in an
extended cab model are loops near
the top of each rear seatback. See
the instructions under “Securing a
Child Restraint with the LATCH
System”later in this section on how
to attach a top tether.
Do not attach a top tether to the
loop near the top of the seatback of
the seating position in which the
child restraint is installed.
Black plate (42,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-42 Seats and Restraints
Extended Cab without Rear Seats
The top tether anchor in an
extended cab without rear seats is a
metal wire on the lower inboard side
of the cab wall directly behind the
front passenger seat.
Do not place heavy objects on the
top tether anchor or use it as a tie
down for cargo as this may cause
damage to the anchor.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 3-36 for
additional information.
Securing a Child Restraint with
the LATCH System
{Warning
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors or with
the safety belt, the child restraint
will not be able to protect the child
correctly. In a crash, the child
could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
belts to secure the restraint,
following the instructions that
came with the child restraint and
the instructions in this manual.
{Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or
fatal injuries during a crash, do
not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured.
Black plate (43,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-43
{Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Buckle any unused safety belts
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.
{Caution
Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s safety belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.
Do not fold the empty rear seat
with a safety belt buckled. This
could damage the safety belt or
the seat. Unbuckle and return the
safety belt to its stowed position,
before folding the seat.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3-36.
Crew Cab
1. When installing a rear-facing
child restraint, it may be
necessary to move the front seat
forward to properly install per the
child restraint manufacturer
instructions. See Seat
Adjustment on page 3-3 or
Power Seat Adjustment on
page 3-4.
2. For rear outboard seating
positions, if the head restraint
interferes with the proper
installation of the child restraint,
the head restraint may be
removed. See “Head Restraint/
Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation”at the end of this
section.
3. If the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
recommend that the top tether
be attached, attach the top
tether to the top tether
anchor (1). Refer to the child
restraint instructions and the
following steps:
3.1. Release and pull the rear
seatback forward to access
the top tether anchors (1).
See Rear Seats (Crew Cab)
on page 3-7.
Black plate (44,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-44 Seats and Restraints
3.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3.3. Route the top tether
according to your child
restraint instructions and
the following instructions:
If the position you are using
does not have a head
restraint and you are using
a single tether, route the
tether over the seatback.
If the position you are using
has a fixed head restraint
and you are using a single
tether, route the tether
around the inboard or
outboard side of the head
restraint.
Black plate (45,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-45
If the position you are using
does not have a head
restraint and you are using
a dual tether, route the
tether over the seatback.
If the position you are using
has a fixed head restraint
and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
around the sides of the
head restraint.
3.4. Adjust the top tether to its
full length and attach the
top tether hook to the
anchor. Make sure that you
secure the top tether to the
top tether anchor and not to
the seatback latch.
3.5. Push rearward on the
seatback until it locks into
its upright position. Push
and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is secured
properly.
4. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the safety belts
and the top tether. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and Securing Child
Restraints (Rear Seat) on
page 3-53 or Securing Child
Restraints (Front Passenger
Seat) on page 3-59.
5. Tighten the top tether.
6. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
LATCH path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. There should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper installation.
Black plate (46,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-46 Seats and Restraints
Extended Cab with Rear Seats
{Warning
Never secure a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in
the left rear seating position in an
extended cab model. This seating
position is not suitable for child
restraint installation. The seat
cushion is too short to properly
support a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint.
A child could be seriously injured
or killed in a sudden stop or
crash.
A booster seat can be used in the
left or right rear seating position if
the base of the booster seat fits
on the seat cushion and does not
extend past the front edge. If it
does, it should be installed in the
right rear seating position using
the seat cushion extension. Only
install a booster seat in either rear
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
seating position if it can be
properly installed according to the
child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions.
A rear-facing or forward-facing
child restraint can be installed in
the right rear seating position
using the seat cushion extension
in an extended cab model.
Never install a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in
the right rear seating position
without the seat cushion
extension.
{Warning
Do not let anyone ride in the front
passenger seat when a
rear-facing child restraint is
installed in the right rear seating
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
position. To properly fit the
rear-facing child restraint, the
front seatback will need to be
tilted forward which will not allow
a passenger to sit properly in the
front outboard passenger seat.
The passenger could be seriously
injured or killed in a sudden stop
or crash.
{Warning
Do not attach a top tether to the
loop near the top of the seatback
and directly behind the seating
position in which the child
restraint is installed in an
extended cab with rear seats.
The top tether will not be able to
be properly tightened. See
instructions below for how to
properly attach a top tether.
Black plate (47,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-47
Extended Cab Rear Seat Cushion
Extension
The vehicle is equipped with a
headrest that is used as a seat
cushion extension for installation of
child restraints in the right rear seat.
{Warning
The right rear seat cushion
extension is designed to support
the weight of a child in a child
restraint or booster seat. It is
neither designed nor intended to
support the weight of an adult.
Use the seat cushion extension
only when a child restraint or
booster seat is installed in the
right rear seating position.
When installing a rear-facing child
restraint in the right rear seating
position, move the front seat all the
way forward and tilt the seatback
forward to properly install the child
restraint. See Power Seat
Adjustment on page 3-4,Seat
Adjustment on page 3-5 and
Reclining Seatbacks on page 3-5.
When a rear-facing child restraint is
installed properly, the front
passenger seat cannot be used.
1. Always install the seat cushion
extension in the right rear
seating position when installing
a forward-facing or rear-facing
child restraint. Also use the seat
cushion extension for booster
seats that extend past the front
edge of the seat cushion.
2. Press the button for the
passenger side headrest at the
top of the seatback and pull up.
3. Insert the headrest posts into the
holes on the front of the
passenger side seat cushion to
install the seat cushion
extension. The notch on the
posts should face the passenger
side of the vehicle. Try to move
the headrest to make sure it is
locked in place.
Black plate (48,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-48 Seats and Restraints
4. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether
be attached, adjust the top
tether to its full length and attach
the top tether hook to the
anchor. Refer to the child
restraint instructions and the
following:
Route the top tether (1) through
the loop (2) at the top of the
seatback directly behind the
child restraint and attach the top
tether hook to the top tether loop
at the top of the seatback for the
opposite rear seating
position (3).
5. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments, secure the child
restraint with the safety belts
and the top tether (if
appropriate). See Securing Child
Restraints (Rear Seat) on
page 3-53 or Securing Child
Restraints (Front Passenger
Seat) on page 3-59.
6. Tighten the top tether. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
LATCH path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. There should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper installation.
8. Always reinstall the headrest
before the seating position is
used by another occupant. See
“Head Restraint/Headrest
Removal and Reinstallation”at
the end of this section.
Extended Cab without Rear
Seats
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.
(Continued)
Black plate (49,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-49
Warning (Continued)
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
Since this vehicle does not have
a rear seat that will accommodate
a rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should
not be installed in your vehicle,
even if the airbag is off.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3-23 for additional
information.
The vehicle has a front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and a
passenger sensing system. The
passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
passenger frontal airbag when an
infant in a rear-facing infant seat or
a small child in a forward-facing
child restraint or booster seat is
detected. See “Securing Child
Restraints (Front Passenger Seat)”
later in this section and Passenger
Sensing System on page 3-23 for
important safety information and
additional information on installing a
child restraint in the front passenger
position.
1. Put the child restraint on the
right front passenger seat.
2. If the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
recommend that the top tether
be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether hook to the top
tether anchor.
2.1. Route the top tether
according to your child
restraint instructions and
the following instructions:
Black plate (50,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-50 Seats and Restraints
If you are using a single
tether, raise the head
restraint and route the
tether under the head
restraint and in between the
headrest or head restraint
posts.
If you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
around the head restraint.
2.2. Attach the top tether hook
to the metal wire on the
lower inboard side of the
cab wall directly behind the
front passenger seat.
2.3. Tighten the top tether.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
LATCH path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. There should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper installation.
Head Restraint/Headrest
Removal and Reinstallation
{Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Crew Cab
The rear outboard head restraints
can be removed if they interfere with
the proper installation of the child
restraint.
Black plate (51,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-51
To remove the head restraint:
1. Partially fold the seat forward.
2. Press the button on the side of
the head restraint post at the top
of the seatback and pull up on
the head restraint.
3. Store the head restraint in the
storage compartment under the
left rear seat cushion. See
Underseat Storage on page 4-2.
4. Always reinstall the head
restraint before the seating
position is used by another
occupant.
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Insert the posts into the holes in
the top of the seatback. The
notch on the post should face
the driver side of the vehicle.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Pull up on the head restraint to
make sure it is locked in place.
Extended Cab
To remove the headrest:
1. Press the button on the side of
the headrest post on the top of
the seatback and pull up.
Black plate (52,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-52 Seats and Restraints
2. If removing the headrest to
install a booster seat in the left
rear seating position, store the
headrest in the left rear seat
storage area as shown. See
Underseat Storage on page 4-2.
Never install a forward-facing or
rearward-facing child restraint in
the left rear seating position.
3. If removing the headrest to
install as a seat cushion
extension for a forward-facing or
rearward-facing child restraint in
the right rear seating position,
see the instructions in “Securing
a Child Restraint with the LATCH
System”earlier in this section.
4. Always reinstall the headrest
before the seating position is
used by another occupant.
To reinstall the headrest:
1. If installed as a seat cushion
extension, first press both
buttons on the front of the seat
cushion to remove the headrest.
2. To reinstall the headrest, insert
the posts into the holes in the
top of the seatback. The notches
on the posts should face the
driver side of the vehicle.
3. Push the headrest down. Pull up
on the headrest to make sure it
is locked in place.
Black plate (53,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-53
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash
{Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with your
child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If your child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-38 for how to
install your child restraint using
LATCH. If you secure a child
restraint using a safety belt and it
uses a top tether, see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3-38 for
top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If your child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the
child restraint when and as the
instructions say.
If you need to install more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, be
sure to read Where to Put the
Restraint on page 3-36.
Extended Cab
{Warning
Never secure a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in
the left rear seating position in an
extended cab model. This seating
(Continued)
Black plate (54,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-54 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
position is not suitable for child
restraint installation. The seat
cushion is too short to properly
support a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint.
A child could be seriously injured
or killed in a sudden stop or
crash.
A booster seat can be used in the
left or right rear seating position if
the base of the booster seat fits
on the seat cushion and does not
extend past the front edge. If it
does, it should be installed in the
right rear seating position using
the seat cushion extension. Only
install a booster seat in either rear
seating position if it can be
properly installed according to the
child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
A rear-facing or forward-facing
child restraint can be installed in
the right rear seating position
using the seat cushion extension
in an extended cab model.
Never install a rear-facing or
forward-facing child restraint in
the right rear seating position
without the seat cushion
extension.
{Warning
Do not let anyone ride in the front
passenger seat when a
rear-facing child restraint is
installed in the right rear seating
position. To properly fit the
rear-facing child restraint, the
front seatback will need to be
tilted forward which will not allow
a passenger to sit properly in the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
front outboard passenger seat.
The passenger could be seriously
injured or killed in a sudden stop
or crash.
A booster seat may be used in the
left rear seating position if the base
of the booster seat fits on the seat
cushion and does not extend past
the front edge of the seat cushion.
If the booster seat extends past the
front of the seat cushion, it should
be used in the right rear seating
position with the seat cushion
extension.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Always install the seat cushion
extension in the right rear seat
position when installing a
forward-facing or rear-facing
Black plate (55,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-55
child restraint. Also use the seat
cushion extension for booster
seats that extend past the front
edge of the seat cushion.
2. Press the button on the
passenger side headrest and
pull up.
3. Insert the headrest posts into the
holes on the front of the
passenger side seat cushion to
install the seat cushion
extension. The notch on the post
should face the passenger side
of the vehicle. Try to move the
headrest to make sure it is
locked in place.
4. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
When installing a rear-facing
child restraint, move the front
seat all the way forward and tilt
the seatback forward to properly
install the child restraint per the
child restraint manufacturer
instructions. See Seat
Adjustment on page 3-3 and
Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3-5. When a rear-facing
child restraint is installed
properly, the front passenger
seat cannot be used.
5. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends using a top tether,
adjust the top tether to its full
length and attach it to the top
tether anchor. Refer to the
instructions that came with the
child restraint and see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-38.
Black plate (56,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-56 Seats and Restraints
6. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt if needed.
7. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
8. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
Black plate (57,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-57
9. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 6 and 7.
10. Tighten the top tether. See
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-38.
11. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt
and let it return to the stowed
position. If the top tether is attached
to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
Reinstall the headrest in the
seatback before the seating position
is used. See “Head Restraint/
Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation”under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-38 for additional
information on installing the
headrest properly.
Crew Cab
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. If the head restraint interferes
with the proper installation of the
child restraint, the head restraint
may be removed. See “Head
Restraint/Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation”under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-38.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends using a top tether,
adjust the top tether to its full
length and attach it to the top
tether anchor. Refer to the
instructions that came with the
child restraint and see Lower
Black plate (58,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-58 Seats and Restraints
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-38.
3. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
4. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
5. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
6. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
7. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 6 and 7.
Black plate (59,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-59
8. Tighten the top tether. See
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-38.
9. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt
and let it return to the stowed
position. If the top tether is attached
to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.
If the head restraint was removed,
reinstall it before the seating
position is used. See “Head
Restraint/Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation”under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-38 for additional
information on installing the head
restraint properly.
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3-36.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger's frontal airbag
under certain conditions. See
Passenger Sensing System on
page 3-23 and Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator on page 5-12 for
more information, including
important safety information.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
{Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
one can guarantee that an airbag
will not deploy under some
unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off.
(Continued)
Black plate (60,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-60 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front seat, always move the
front passenger seat as far back
as it will go. It is better to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3-23 for additional
information.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in your vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
If a child restraint uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-38 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, the off indicator on the
passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay lit
when you start the vehicle. See
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5-12.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt if needed.
Black plate (61,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Seats and Restraints 3-61
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
6. If the vehicle does not have a
rear seat and the child restraint
manufacturer recommends using
a top tether anchor, attach the
top tether to the top tether
anchor. Refer to the instructions
that came with the child restraint
and to Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3-38.
7. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint, it
may be helpful to use your knee
to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 7.
Black plate (62,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
3-62 Seats and Restraints
8. Tighten the top tether. See
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3-38.
9. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator
on the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay on
when the vehicle is started. If a child
restraint has been installed and on
indicator is lit, see “If the On
Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint”
under Passenger Sensing System
on page 3-23.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Storage 4-1
Storage
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 4-1
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2
Storage
Compartments
{Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to
open it.
Cupholders
Crew Cab
If equipped, pull the armrest to
lower. There are two cupholders in
the armrest.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
4-2 Storage
Sunglasses Storage
If equipped, sunglasses storage is
on the overhead console. Press on
the cover and release to access.
Underseat Storage
Extended Cab Shown, Crew Model
Similar
If equipped, there is storage under
the rear seat. Pull the release strap
or lever and then raise the seat
cushion. Pull the strap or lever
again to lower the cushion.
Center Console Storage
There is storage under the armrest
in the center console. Press the
button and lift. There may be a USB
port inside.
See USB Port on page 7-13.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-3
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-11
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-12
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-13
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Up-Shift Light (Manual
Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . 5-17
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 5-18
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 5-18
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
StabiliTrak
®
OFF Light . . . . . . . 5-19
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak
®
Light . . . . 5-19
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-20
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-20
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-21
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Brake System Messages . . . . 5-26
Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-27
Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-28
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-28
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-29
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-30
Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . 5-30
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Steering System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-32
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 5-33
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-33
Controls
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Tilt and Telescoping Steering
Wheel
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-3
Steering Wheel Controls
If equipped, the infotainment system
can be operated by using the
steering wheel controls. See
"Steering Wheel Controls" in the
infotainment manual.
Horn
To sound the horn, press aon the
steering wheel.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
The windshield wiper/washer lever
is on the right side of the steering
column. With the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move
the windshield wiper lever to select
the wiper speed.
HI: Use for fast wipes.
LO: Use for slow wipes.
INT (Intermittent Wipes): Move
the lever up to INT for intermittent
wipes, then turn the xINT band
up for more frequent wipes or down
for less frequent wipes.
OFF: Use to turn the wipers off.
1X (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly
move the wiper lever down. For
several wipes, hold the wiper
lever down.
nL(Windshield Washer): Pull
the windshield wiper lever toward
you to spray windshield washer fluid
and activate the wipers. The wipers
will continue until the lever is
released or the maximum wash time
is reached. When the windshield
wiper lever is released, additional
wipes may occur depending on how
long the windshield washer had
been activated. See Washer Fluid
on page 10-20 for information on
filling the windshield washer fluid
reservoir.
{Warning
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades and windshield before using
them. If frozen to the windshield,
carefully loosen or thaw them.
Damaged blades should be
replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement on page 10-28.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-4 Instruments and Controls
Wiper Parking
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/
OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI,
or INT, they will immediately stop.
If the windshield wiper lever is then
moved to off before the driver door
is opened or within 10 minutes, the
wipers will restart and move to the
base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned to LOCK/
OFF while the wipers are performing
wipes due to windshield washing,
the wipers continue to run until they
reach the base of the windshield.
Compass
The vehicle may have a compass
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass receives
its heading and other information
from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna,
StabiliTrak
®
, and vehicle speed
information.
The compass system is designed to
operate for a certain number of
miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS
satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the
vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when a
GPS signal is restored and provide
a heading again. See Compass
Messages on page 5-26 for the
messages that may be displayed for
the compass.
Clock
Setting the Time and Date with
Faceplate Controls
To set the time or date:
1. Select SETTINGS from the
Home Page, then select Time
and Date.
2. Select the desired function.
3. Turn the MENU knob to increase
or decrease the value.
4. Press the MENU knob to go to
the next value. After the last
value is selected, the system will
update and return to the Settings
menu. Press oBACK to go to
the last menu and save the
changes.
Auto Set requires an OnStar
subscription.
If auto timing is set, the time
displayed on the clock may not
update immediately when driving
into a new time zone.
To set the clock display:
1. Select SETTINGS from the
Home Page, then select Time
and Date.
2. Select Clock Display.
3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
or On.
4. Press the MENU knob to select.
Press oBACK to go to the last
menu and save the changes.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-5
Setting the Time and Date with
Touchscreen Controls
To set the time:
1. Press the SETTINGS screen
button from the Home Page,
then press Time and Date.
2. Press Set Time and press «or
ªto increase or decrease
hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
Press 12–24 Hr for 12 or
24 hour clock.
3. Press the }screen button to go
back to the previous menu.
Auto Set requires an OnStar
subscription.
If auto timing is set, the time
displayed on the clock may not
update immediately when driving
into a new time zone.
To set the date:
1. Press the SETTINGS screen
button from the Home Page,
then press Time and Date.
2. Press Set Date and press «or
ªto increase or decrease
month, day, or year.
3. Press the }screen button to go
back to the previous menu.
To set the clock display:
1. Press the SETTINGS screen
button and press Time and Date.
2. Press Clock Display and press
OFF or ON to turn the clock
display off or on.
3. Press the }screen button to go
back to the previous menu.
Power Outlets
Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone, MP3
player, etc.
The vehicle may have accessory
power outlets:
.On the center stack below the
climate control system,
if equipped.
.On the center floor console,
if equipped.
.On the rear of the center storage
console.
Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.
{Warning
Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
vehicle is not in use because the
vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-6 Instruments and Controls
{Caution
Leaving electrical equipment
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the vehicle is off will
drain the battery. Always unplug
electrical equipment when not in
use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
15 amp rating.
Certain power accessory plugs may
not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment on page 9-67.
{Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-7
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Warning lights come on when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Some warning lights come
on briefly when the engine is started
to indicate they are working.
Gauges can indicate when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Often gauges and warning
lights work together to indicate a
problem with the vehicle.
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
driving, or when one of the gauges
shows there may be a problem,
check the section that explains what
to do. Waiting to do repairs can be
costly and even dangerous.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-8 Instruments and Controls
Instrument Cluster
English Shown, Metric Similar
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-9
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-22.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
{Caution
If the engine is operated with the
rpm’s in the warning area at the
high end of the tachometer, the
vehicle could be damaged, and
the damage would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Do not
operate the engine with the rpm’s
in the warning area.
Fuel Gauge
Metric
English
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-10 Instruments and Controls
When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There is a
small amount of fuel left, but the fuel
tank should be filled soon.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
.At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
.It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge indicated the tank was
half full, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the
tank's capacity to fill the tank.
.The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
.The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is
turned on, and goes back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
Metric
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-11
English
This gauge shows the engine
coolant temperature.
If the pointer moves toward the
warning area at the high end of the
gauge, the engine is too hot.
This reading indicates the same
thing as the warning light. It means
that the engine coolant has
overheated. If the vehicle has been
operating under normal driving
conditions, pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as
soon as possible. See Engine
Overheating on page 10-18.
Safety Belt Reminders
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the driver safety belt is buckled,
neither the light nor the chime
comes on.
Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
There is a passenger safety belt
reminder light near the passenger
airbag status indicator. See
Passenger Sensing System on
page 3-23.
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind passengers to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle continues several times if
the passenger remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving.
If the passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-12 Instruments and Controls
The front passenger safety belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the safety belt.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), passenger
sensing system, the pretensioners,
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the
airbag system, see Airbag System
on page 3-16.
The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.
{Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System Messages on
page 5-30.
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3-23 for
important safety information. The
overhead console has a passenger
airbag status indicator.
United States
Canada
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-13
as a system check. Then, after
several more seconds, the status
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or either the on or off symbol, to let
you know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag is
allowed to inflate.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the airbag status indicator, it
means that the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.
{Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5-12 for more
information, including important
safety information.
Charging System Light
The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
It should go out when the engine is
started.
If the light stays on or comes on
while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
When this light comes on, the Driver
Information Center (DIC) also
displays a message.
See Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages on page 5-25.
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
A computer system called OBD II
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second
Generation) monitors the operation
of the vehicle to ensure emissions
are at acceptable levels, helping to
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-14 Instruments and Controls
maintain a clean environment. The
malfunction indicator lamp comes
on when the vehicle is placed in
ON/RUN, as a check to show it is
working. If it does not, have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer. See
Ignition Positions on page 9-22.
If the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on while the engine is
running, this indicates that the OBD
II system has detected a problem
and diagnosis and service might be
required.
Malfunctions often are indicated by
the system before any problem is
apparent. Being aware of the light
can prevent more serious damage
to the vehicle. This system also
assists the service technician in
correctly diagnosing any
malfunction.
{Caution
If the vehicle is continually driven
with this light on, the emission
controls might not work as well,
the vehicle fuel economy might
not be as good, and the engine
might not run as smoothly. This
could lead to costly repairs that
might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
{Caution
Modifications made to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system of the vehicle or
the replacement of the original
tires with other than those of the
same Tire Performance Criteria
(TPC) can affect the vehicle's
emission controls and can
cause this light to come on.
Modifications to these systems
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
could lead to costly repairs not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
This could also result in a failure
to pass a required Emission
Inspection/Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10-3.
This light comes on during a
malfunction in one of two ways:
Light Flashing: A misfire condition
has been detected. A misfire
increases vehicle emissions and
could damage the emission control
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
and service might be required.
To prevent more serious damage to
the vehicle:
.Reduce vehicle speed.
.Avoid hard accelerations.
.Avoid steep uphill grades.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-15
.If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as it is possible.
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to stop and park the
vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at
least 10 seconds, and restart the
engine. If the light is still flashing,
follow the previous steps and see
your dealer for service as soon as
possible.
Light On Steady: An emission
control system malfunction has
been detected on the vehicle.
Diagnosis and service might be
required.
The following may correct an
emission control system
malfunction:
.Check that the fuel cap is fully
installed. See Filling the Tank on
page 9-56. The diagnostic
system can determine if the
fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. A loose or
missing fuel cap allows fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
A few driving trips with the cap
properly installed should turn the
light off.
.Check that good quality fuel is
used. Poor fuel quality causes
the engine not to run as
efficiently as designed and may
cause stalling after start-up,
stalling when the vehicle is
changed into gear, misfiring,
hesitation on acceleration,
or stumbling on acceleration.
These conditions might go away
once the engine is warmed up.
If one or more of these conditions
occurs, change the fuel brand used.
It may require at least one full tank
of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
See Fuel on page 9-54.
If none of the above have made the
light turn off, your dealer can check
the vehicle. The dealer has the
proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools to fix any
mechanical or electrical problems
that might have developed.
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
Depending on where you live, your
vehicle may be required to
participate in an emission control
system inspection and maintenance
program. For the inspection, the
emission system test equipment will
likely connect to the vehicle's Data
Link Connector (DLC).
The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. See your dealer if assistance
is needed.
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
.The malfunction indicator lamp is
on with the engine running, or if
the light does not come on when
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-16 Instruments and Controls
the ignition is turned to ON/RUN
while the engine is off. See your
dealer for assistance in verifying
proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp.
.The OBD II (On-Board
Diagnostics) system determines
that critical emission control
systems have not been
completely diagnosed. The
vehicle would be considered not
ready for inspection. This can
happen if the 12-volt battery has
recently been replaced or run
down. The diagnostic system is
designed to evaluate critical
emission control systems during
normal driving. This can take
several days of routine driving.
If this has been done and the
vehicle still does not pass the
inspection for lack of OBD II
system readiness, your dealer
can prepare the vehicle for
inspection.
Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need
to be working.
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.
Metric English
This light should come on briefly
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn if there is a
problem.
When the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light also comes on
when the parking brake is set. The
light stays on if the parking brake
does not fully release. If it stays on
after the parking brake is fully
released, it means the vehicle has a
brake problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
pull off the road and stop carefully.
The pedal might be harder to push,
or the pedal can go closer to the
floor. It may take longer to stop.
If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle on page 10-76.
{Warning
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
(Continued)
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-17
Warning (Continued)
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if
there is a problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
the engine again to reset the
system. If the ABS light stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
vehicle needs service. A chime may
also sound when the light comes on
steady.
If the ABS light is the only light on,
the vehicle has regular brakes, but
the antilock brakes are not
functioning.
If both the ABS and the brake
system warning light are on, the
vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5-16 and Brake System
Messages on page 5-26.
Up-Shift Light (Manual
Transmission)
This light comes on when an
up-shift is recommended for best
fuel economy. The number
displayed with the arrow indicates
the recommended gear.
Tow/Haul Mode Light
For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
Mode feature, this light comes on
when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
activated.
See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-35.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-18 Instruments and Controls
Hill Descent Control Light
If equipped, the Hill Descent Control
light comes on when the system is
ready for use. When the light
flashes, the system is active.
See Hill Descent Control (HDC) on
page 9-45.
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light
If equipped, this light comes on
briefly while starting the vehicle.
If it does not come on, have the
vehicle serviced.
This light is green if LDW is on and
ready to operate.
This light changes to amber and
flashes to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed without
using a turn signal in that direction.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
on page 9-52.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is
detected ahead and amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System on page 9-49.
Traction Off Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
button.
This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
light come on when StabiliTrak is
turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-43.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-19
StabiliTrak
®
OFF Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
This light comes on when the
StabiliTrak system is turned off.
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.
If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off,
the system does not assist in
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the
TCS and the StabiliTrak systems
and the warning light turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-43.
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak
®
Light
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak
system have been disabled. A DIC
message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which
feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires
service.
If the indicator/warning light is on
and flashing, the TCS and/or the
StabiliTrak system is actively
working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-43.
Tire Pressure Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-20 Instruments and Controls
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. See Tire Messages on
page 5-31. Stop as soon as
possible, and inflate the tires to the
pressure value shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label. See
Tire Pressure on page 10-48.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10-50.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
{Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
oil low can also damage the
engine. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Check the oil level as soon as
possible. Add oil if required, but if
the oil level is within the operating
range and the oil pressure is still
low, have the vehicle serviced.
Always follow the maintenance
schedule for changing engine oil.
This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.
Low Fuel Warning Light
English Shown
This light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition is turned
on as a check to indicate it is
working. If it does not come on,
have it fixed.
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-21
The low fuel warning light comes on
and a chime sounds when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
off when fuel is added to the
fuel tank.
Security Light
The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
on page 2-13.
High-Beam On Light
This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6-2.
Front Fog Lamp Light
The fog lamp light comes on when
the fog lamps are in use.
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps on page 6-5 for more
information.
Lamps On Reminder
This light comes on when the
exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls on page 6-1.
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-22 Instruments and Controls
Cruise Control Light
The cruise control light is white
when the cruise control is on and
ready, and turns green when the
cruise control is set and active.
The light goes out when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control on page 9-46.
Information Displays
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
The DIC displays information about
your vehicle. It also displays
warning messages if a system
problem is detected. See Vehicle
Messages on page 5-25. All
messages appear in the DIC display
in the center of the instrument
cluster.
DIC Operation and Displays
The DIC has different displays
which can be accessed by using the
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever.
DIC Buttons
1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press
and hold to clear, the menu item
displayed.
2. w x :Use the band to scroll
through the items in each menu.
3. MENU: Press to display the Trip/
Fuel Menu, the Vehicle
Information Menu, and the ECO
Menu. This button is also used
to return to or exit the last
screen displayed on the DIC.
Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items
Press MENU on the turn signal
lever until the TRIP menu displays.
Use w x to scroll through the
menu items. Not all items are
available on every vehicle. The
following is a list of all possible
menu items:
Digital Speed: Displays how fast
the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). The speedometer
cannot be reset.
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-23
Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel
Economy: Displays the current
distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from
the last reset for the trip odometer.
The trip odometer can be reset to
zero by pressing and holding the
SET/CLR button while the trip
odometer display is showing.
Also displays the approximate
average liters per 100 kilometers (L/
100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).
This number is based on the
number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded
since the last time this menu item
was reset. This number reflects only
the approximate average fuel
economy that the vehicle has right
now, and will change as driving
conditions change. Reset the
average consumption by pressing
SET/CLR when it is displayed.
Fuel Range: Displays the
approximate distance the vehicle
can be driven without refueling. The
fuel range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be
reset.
Average Vehicle Speed: Displays
the average vehicle speed of the
vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
or miles per hour (mph). This
average is based on the various
vehicle speeds recorded since the
last reset. Reset the average speed
by pressing SET/CLR when it is
displayed.
Timer: To start the timer, press
SET/CLR while Timer is displayed.
The display will show the amount of
time that has passed since the timer
was last reset, not including time the
ignition is off. Time will continue to
be counted as long as the ignition is
on, even if another display is being
shown on the DIC. The timer will
record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,
and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after
which the display will return to zero.
To stop the timer, press SET/CLR
briefly while Timer is displayed. To
reset the timer to zero, press and
hold SET/CLR.
Navigation: Used for the OnStar
Turn-by-Turn guidance. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1.
Blank Display: Displays no
information.
Vehicle Information Menu
(VEHICLE) Items
Press MENU on the turn signal
lever until the VEHICLE menu is
displayed. Use w x to scroll
through the menu items. Not all
items are available on every vehicle.
The following is a list of all possible
menu items:
Remaining Oil Life: Displays an
estimate of the oil's remaining useful
life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages on
page 5-27. The oil should be
changed as soon as possible. See
Engine Oil on page 10-8. In addition
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-24 Instruments and Controls
to the engine oil life system
monitoring the oil life, additional
maintenance is recommended in
the Maintenance Schedule in this
manual. See Maintenance Schedule
on page 11-3.
The Oil Life display must be reset
after each oil change. Do not reset
the Oil Life display accidentally at
any time other than when the oil has
just been changed. It cannot be
reset accurately until the next oil
change. To reset the engine oil life
system, see Engine Oil Life System
on page 10-10.
Oil Pressure: Oil pressure is
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)
or in pounds per square inch (psi).
Tire Pressure: Displays a vehicle
with the approximate pressures of
all four tires. Tire pressure is
displayed in either kilopascal (kPa)
or in pounds per square inch (psi).
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
on page 10-49 and Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on page 10-50.
Battery Voltage: Displays the
current battery voltage, if equipped.
Battery voltage changes are normal
while driving. See Charging System
Light on page 5-13. If there is a
problem with the battery charging
system, the DIC will display a
message. See Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages on page 5-25.
Engine Hours: Shows the total
number of hours the engine has run.
Transmission Fluid
Temperature: Shows the
temperature of the automatic
transmission fluid in either degrees
Celsius (°C) or degrees
Fahrenheit (°F).
Units: Move w x to change
between Metric or US when the Unit
display is active. Press SET/CLR to
confirm the setting. This will change
the displays on the DIC to the type
of measurements you select.
ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO)
Items
This menu is only available on some
vehicles. Press MENU on the turn
signal lever until the ECO menu is
displayed. Use w x to scroll
through the menu items. Not all
items are available on every vehicle.
The following is a list of all possible
menu items:
Best Average Fuel Economy: The
bottom displays the best average
fuel economy (AFE) that is achieved
for a selected distance. The top
displays a running average of fuel
economy for the most recently
traveled selected distance. The
center bar graph displays the
instantaneous fuel economy.
Quickly press the SET/CLR button
to change the settings for the
distance options.
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-25
When viewing best AFE, a several
second press and hold of SET/CLR
will reset the best value. The best
value will show “- - -“until the
selected distance has been
traveled.
The display provides feedback on
how current driving behavior in the
bar graph affects the running
average in the top display and how
well recent driving compares to the
best that has been achieved.
Vehicle Messages
Messages displayed on the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle or
some action that may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple
messages may display one after
the other.
The messages that do not require
immediate action can be
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing SET/CLR. The messages
that require immediate action cannot
be cleared until that action is
performed. All messages should be
taken seriously and clearing the
messages does not correct the
problem.
The following are some of the
vehicle messages that may be
displayed depending on your
vehicle content.
Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages
BATTERY LOW START
VEHICLE
When the vehicle’s battery is
severely discharged, this message
will display and four chimes will
sound. Start the vehicle
immediately. If the vehicle is not
started and the battery continues to
discharge, the climate controls,
heated seats, and audio systems
will shut off and the vehicle may
require a jump start. These systems
will function again after the vehicle
is started.
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
This message displays when the
battery voltage drops below
expected levels and features are
disabled. Turn off all unnecessary
accessory features.
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-26 Instruments and Controls
SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM
On some vehicles, this message
displays if there is a problem with
the battery charging system. Under
certain conditions, the charging
system light may also turn on in the
instrument cluster. See Charging
System Light on page 5-13. Driving
with this problem could drain the
battery. Turn off all unnecessary
accessories. Have the electrical
system checked as soon as
possible. See your dealer.
TRANSPORT MODE ON
This message is displayed when the
vehicle is in transport mode. Some
features can be disabled while in
this mode, including Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
and the vehicle alarm system. Take
the vehicle to your dealer for service
to turn transport mode off.
Brake System Messages
BRAKE FLUID LOW
This message is displayed when the
brake fluid level is low; see Brake
Fluid on page 10-21.
HILL START ASSIST ACTIVE
This message is displayed when the
vehicle is stopped on a grade
sufficient to activate HSA. HSA
holds the braking pressure for a
maximum of two seconds to ensure
that there is no rolling, which will
assist the driver to transition
between releasing the brake pedal
and accelerating to drive off while
on the grade. The brakes will
automatically release when the
accelerator pedal is applied within
the two-second window. See Hill
Start Assist (HSA) on page 9-43.
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
This message is displayed as a
reminder that the parking brake is
on. Release it before you attempt
to drive.
SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
This message may be displayed
when there is a problem with the
brake boost assist system. When
this message is displayed, the brake
boost assist motor may be heard
operating and you might notice
pulsation in the brake pedal. This is
normal under these conditions.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.
Compass Messages
Dashes may be displayed if the
vehicle temporarily loses
communication with the Global
Positioning System (GPS).
Door Ajar Messages
DOOR OPEN
This message displays and a chime
may sound if a door is not fully
closed. Stop and turn off the
vehicle, check the door for
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-27
obstructions, and close the door
again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.
HOOD OPEN
This message displays and a chime
may sound if the hood is not fully
closed. Stop and turn off the
vehicle, check the hood for
obstructions, and close the hood
again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.
Engine Cooling System
Messages
AIR CONDITIONING OFF
This message displays when the
engine coolant becomes hotter than
the normal operating temperature.
See Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge on page 5-10. To avoid
added strain on a hot engine, the air
conditioning compressor
automatically turns off. When the
coolant temperature returns to
normal, the air conditioning
compressor turns back on. You can
continue to drive your vehicle.
If this message continues to appear,
have the system repaired by your
dealer as soon as possible to avoid
damage to the engine.
ENGINE OVERHEATING, IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
idle until it cools down. See Engine
Coolant Temperature Gauge on
page 5-10.
When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode
to prevent damage to the engine or
transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode
on page 9-35.
ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP
ENGINE
This message displays and a chime
may sound if the engine cooling
system reaches unsafe
temperatures for operation. Stop
and turn off the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so to avoid severe
damage. This message clears when
the engine has cooled to a safe
operating temperature.
Engine Oil Messages
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
This message displays when the
engine oil needs to be changed.
When you change the engine oil, be
sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message. See Engine
Oil Life System on page 10-10 for
information on how to reset the
message. See Engine Oil on
page 10-8 and Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-3.
ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL
On some vehicles, this message
displays when the engine oil level
may be too low. Check the oil level
before filling to the recommended
level. If the oil is not low and this
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-28 Instruments and Controls
message remains on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
See Engine Oil on page 10-8.
ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine oil becomes hotter than the
normal operating temperature. Stop
and allow the vehicle to idle until it
cools down. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge on page 5-10.
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
ENGINE
This message displays if low oil
pressure levels occur. Stop the
vehicle as soon as safely possible
and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been
corrected. Check the oil as soon as
possible and have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. See Engine
Oil on page 10-8.
Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays and a chime
may sound when the cooling system
temperature gets too hot and the
engine further enters the engine
coolant protection mode. See
Engine Overheating on page 10-18
for more information.
This message also displays when
the vehicle's engine power is
reduced. Reduced engine power
can affect the vehicle's ability to
accelerate. If this message is on,
but there is no reduction in
performance, proceed to your
destination. The performance may
be reduced the next time the vehicle
is driven. The vehicle may be driven
at a reduced speed while this
message is on, but acceleration and
speed may be reduced. Anytime
this message stays on, the vehicle
should be taken to your dealer for
service as soon as possible.
Fuel System Messages
FUEL LEVEL LOW
This message displays and a chime
may sound if the fuel level is low.
Refuel as soon as possible. See
Fuel Gauge on page 5-9 and Fuel
on page 9-54.
TIGHTEN GAS CAP
This message may display along
with the malfunction indicator lamp
on the instrument cluster if the
vehicle's fuel cap is not tightened
properly. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp on page 5-13. Reinstall the
fuel cap fully. See Filling the Tank
on page 9-56. The diagnostic
system can determine if the fuel cap
has been left off or improperly
installed. A loose or missing fuel
cap allows fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. A few driving trips with
the cap properly installed should
turn this light and message off.
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-29
Key and Lock Messages
REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY
This message displays if a Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
battery is low. The battery needs to
be replaced in the transmitter. See
“Battery Replacement”under
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2-4.
Lamp Messages
TURN SIGNAL ON
This message displays and a chime
sounds if a turn signal is left on for
1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
signal lever to the off position.
Object Detection System
Messages
FORWARD COLLISION
ALERT OFF
If your vehicle has the Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) system, this
message may display if the FCA
system cannot activate due to a
temporary condition. See Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) System on
page 9-49.
FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED,
CLEAN WINDSHIELD
This message displays when the
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
systems are disabled because the
camera view is blocked and cannot
operate properly. It may also
activate during heavy rain or due to
road spray. To clean the system,
clean the outside of the windshield
area in front of the LDW/FCA
camera sensor.
LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM
UNAVAILABLE
If your vehicle has the Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) system,
this message may display if the
LDW system cannot activate due to
a temporary condition. See Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) on
page 9-52 for more information.
SERVICE FRONT CAMERA
This message displays when the
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
systems are disabled and need
service. See your dealer.
Ride Control System
Messages
SERVICE STABILITRAK
If this message displays, it means
there may be a problem with the
StabiliTrak system. If you see this
message, try to reset the system.
Stop; turn off the engine for at least
15 seconds; then start the engine
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-30 Instruments and Controls
again. If this message still comes
on, it means there is a problem. You
should see your dealer for service.
The vehicle is safe to drive;
however, you do not have the
benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
your speed and drive accordingly.
SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL
This message displays when there
is a problem with the Traction
Control System (TCS). When this
message displays, the system will
not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
driving accordingly. See your dealer
for service. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control on
page 9-43.
STABILITRAK INITIALIZING
This message may come on if the
StabiliTrak system has not fully
initialized because of road
conditions or the incorrect tire size.
When the StabiliTrak system is fully
initialized, the message will turn off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-43. If this
message continues to be displayed
for multiple ignition cycles and on
different road surfaces, see your
dealer for service.
Airbag System Messages
SERVICE AIRBAG
This message displays if there is a
problem with the airbag system.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.
Safety Belt Messages
SHIFTER LOCKED. BUCKLE
SEATBELT
This message displays if the vehicle
is equipped with the Safety Belt
Assurance System and the driver
and front outboard passenger,
if present, safety belts are not
buckled. The vehicle will not shift
out of P (Park). Buckle the safety
belt(s) to unlock the shift lever.
This system may not allow the
vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an
object - such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
or other electronic device - is on the
front outboard passenger seat.
If this happens, remove the object
from the seat or buckle the
safety belt.
If the driver or front outboard
passenger unbuckles their safety
belt while driving, the safety belt
reminder chime and light(s) will
come on. See Safety Belt
Reminders on page 5-11.
SHIFTER UNLOCKED. BRAKE
TO SHIFT
This message displays when the
Safety Belt Assurance System times
out and allows the vehicle to be
shifted out of P (Park) after
30 seconds following brake apply.
See “Safety Belts”and “Child
Restraints”in the Index for
information about the importance of
proper restraint use.
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-31
This system may not function
properly if the airbag readiness light
is on. See Airbag Readiness Light
on page 5-12.
Security Messages
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT
SYSTEM
This message displays when there
is a problem with the theft-deterrent
system. The vehicle may or may not
restart, so you may want to take the
vehicle to your dealer before turning
off the engine. See Immobilizer
Operation on page 2-13.
Steering System
Messages
STEERING ASSIST IS
REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE
This message may display if a
problem occurs with the electric
power steering system. If this
message appears, steering effort
may be slightly higher than normal.
The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use
caution while in reduced assist
mode. If this message is persistent
or appears repeatedly, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
See Steering on page 9-4.
SERVICE POWER STEERING
This message displays when there
is a problem with electric power
steering. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service. See Steering on
page 9-4.
Tire Messages
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
SYSTEM
If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays if a part on the
system is not working properly. The
tire pressure light also flashes and
then remains on during the same
ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure
Light on page 5-19. Several
conditions may cause this message
to appear. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on page 10-50.
If the warning comes on and stays
on, there may be a problem with the
TPMS. See your dealer.
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the system
is relearning the tire positions on
your vehicle. The tire positions must
be relearned after rotating the tires
or after replacing a tire or sensor.
See Tire Inspection on page 10-53,
Tire Rotation on page 10-54,Tire
Pressure Monitor System on
page 10-49, and Tire Pressure on
page 10-48.
TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD
AIR TO TIRE
If equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the
vehicle's tires is low. This message
also displays with a vehicle picture
to indicate the location of the low
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-32 Instruments and Controls
tire. The low tire pressure warning
light will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light on page 5-19. You
can receive more than one tire
pressure message at a time. If a tire
pressure message appears on the
DIC, stop as soon as you can. Have
the tire pressures checked and set
to those shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tires
on page 10-40,Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-14, and Tire Pressure on
page 10-48. The DIC also shows
the tire pressure values. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-22.
Transmission Messages
4WD OFF
If equipped with four-wheel drive,
this message displays when the
four-wheel-drive system is
temporarily disabled due to an
overheated condition. The vehicle
will run in two-wheel drive when this
message is present. Once the
four-wheel-drive system cools down,
the message turns off and the
four-wheel-drive system returns to
normal operation.
4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS
This message will display while the
four-wheel-drive system is shifting.
FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX
If a four-wheel drive shift into
Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested,
but the vehicle speed is too high,
this message will display until the
correct vehicle speed is reached.
FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
NEUTRAL
If a four-wheel drive shift into
Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested,
and the vehicle speed is correct, but
the transmission is not in
N (Neutral), this message will
display until the transmission is
shifted to N (Neutral).
SERVICE 4WD
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive,
this message may display if a
problem occurs with the
four-wheel-drive system. If this
message appears, stop as soon as
possible and turn off the vehicle.
Make sure the key is in the LOCK/
OFF position for at least
one minute, then restart the vehicle
and check for the message on the
DIC display. If the message is still
displayed or appears again when
you begin driving, the
four-wheel-drive system needs
service. See your dealer.
TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW
TO XXX
If a four-wheel drive shift out of
Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested,
but the vehicle speed is too high,
this message will display until the
correct vehicle speed is reached.
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-33
TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO
NEUTRAL
If a four-wheel drive shift out of
Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested,
and the vehicle speed is correct, but
the transmission is not in
N (Neutral), this message will
display until the transmission is
shifted to N (Neutral).
TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays and a chime
may sound if the transmission fluid
in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with
the transmission fluid temperature
high can cause damage to the
vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it
idle to allow the transmission to
cool. This message clears and the
chime stops when the fluid
temperature reaches a safe level.
When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode
to prevent damage to the engine or
transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode
on page 9-35.
VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW
This message will display if the
vehicle is driven in Four-Wheel
Drive Low for about 10 minutes
above 72 km/h (45 mph).
Vehicle Reminder
Messages
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
WITH CARE
This message is displayed when ice
conditions are possible.
Vehicle Speed Messages
REDUCE SPEED FOR HILL
DESCENT CONTROL
This message displays when
attempting to enable Hill Descent
Control (HDC) when the vehicle
speed is too high. See Hill Descent
Control (HDC) on page 9-45.
Vehicle
Personalization
Use the audio system controls to
access the personalization menus
for customizing vehicle features.
The following are all possible
personalization features. Depending
on the vehicle, some may not be
available.
Base Radio Audio System
Controls
MENU: Press the center of the
knob to enter menus and select
menu items. Turn the knob to scroll
through the menus.
oBACK: Press to return to the
previous menu or exit.
Uplevel Radio Audio System
Controls
1. Press the desired feature to
display a list of available
options.
2. Press to select the desired
feature setting.
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-34 Instruments and Controls
3. Press oBACK on the faceplate
or the 0screen button to return
to the previous menu or exit.
Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to
access the Settings menu, then
select SETTINGS from the Home
page on the infotainment system
display.
Personalization Menus
The following list of menu items may
be available:
.Time and Date
.Language (Language)
.Valet Mode
.Teen Driver
.Radio
.Vehicle
.Bluetooth
.Voice
.Display
.Rear Camera
.Return to Factory Settings
.Software Information
Detailed information for each menu
follows.
Time and Date
Manually set the time and date. See
Clock on page 5-4.
Language (Language)
Select Language, then select from
the available language(s).
The selected language will display
on the system, and voice
recognition will reflect the selected
language.
Valet Mode (If Equipped)
This will lock the infotainment
system and steering wheel controls.
It may also limit top speed, power,
and access to vehicle storage
locations (if equipped).
To enable valet mode:
1. Enter a four-digit code on the
keypad.
2. Press Enter to go to the
confirmation screen.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or
unlock the system. Press Back to go
back to the previous menu.
Teen Driver (If Equipped)
Press and the following may
display:
.View Report Card
.Manage Settings
.Change PIN
.Key Registration
.Clear All Teen Keys/PIN
View Report Card
This allows the driver’s driving
habits to be viewed. See Teen
Driver on page 7-36.
Manage Settings
Press and the following may
display:
.Audio Volume Limit
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-35
.Teen Driver Speed Limiter
.Teen Driver Speed Warning
Audio Volume Limit
This allows a maximum radio
volume to be set.
Select Off or On.
Teen Driver Speed Limiter
If equipped, this allows the
maximum speed limit of the vehicle
to be set.
Select Off or On.
Teen Driver Speed Warning
This allows a warning to be set
when a certain speed is exceeded.
Select Off or On.
Change PIN
This allows the Personal
Identification Number (PIN) to be
changed. See Teen Driver on
page 7-36.
Key Registration
This allows the key to be registered.
See “Register or Unregister a Key”
in Teen Driver on page 7-36.
Clear All Teen Keys/PIN
This allows all Teen Driver keys and
PINs to be cleared.
Select Continue or Cancel.
Radio
Press to display the Radio menu
and the following may display:
.Manage Favorites
.Number of Favorites Shown
.Audible Touch Feedback
.Auto Volume
.Maximum Startup Volume
Manage Favorites
This allows favorites to be edited.
See “Manage Favorites”in “Radio
Setup”under Home Page on
page 7-4 or “Manage Favorites”in
“Settings”under “Radio”in the
infotainment manual.
Number of Favorites Shown
Press to set the number of favorites
to display.
Select the desired number or select
Auto and the infotainment system
will automatically adjust the number
of favorites shown.
Audible Touch Feedback
This allows Audible Touch
Feedback to be turned on or off.
Select Off or On.
Auto Volume
This feature adjusts the volume
based on vehicle speed and
ambient noise.
Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Medium, Medium-High, or High.
Maximum Startup Volume
This feature sets the maximum
startup volume. If the vehicle is
started and the volume is greater
than this level, the volume is
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-36 Instruments and Controls
adjusted to this level. To set the
maximum startup volume, press +
or −to increase or decrease.
Vehicle
Select and the following may
display:
.Climate and Air Quality
.Comfort and Convenience
.Lighting
.Power Door Locks
.Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Climate and Air Quality
Select and the following may
display:
.Auto Fan Max Speed
.Auto Defog
.Auto Rear Defog
Auto Fan Max Speed
This feature will set the maximum
auto fan speed.
Select Low, Medium, or High.
Auto Defog
This allows the feature to be turned
on or off.
Select Off or On.
Auto Rear Defog
This allows the feature to be turned
on or off.
Select Off or On.
Comfort and Convenience
Select and the following may
display:
.Chime Volume
Chime Volume
This allows the selection of the
chime volume level.
Select + or −to adjust the volume.
Lighting
Select and the following may
display:
.Vehicle Locator Lights
.Exit Lighting
Vehicle Locator Lights
This feature will flash the exterior
lamps when Kon the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
pressed to locate the vehicle.
Select Off or On.
Exit Lighting
This allows the selection of how
long the exterior lamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle when it is
dark outside.
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60
Seconds, or 120 Seconds.
Power Door Locks
Select and the following may
display:
.Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
.Auto Door Unlock
.Delayed Door Lock
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-37
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
When on, this feature will keep the
driver door from locking when the
door is open. If Off is selected, the
Delayed Door Lock menu will be
available.
Select Off or On.
Auto Door Unlock
This allows selection of which of the
doors will automatically unlock when
the vehicle is shifted into P (Park)
with an automatic transmission or
when the vehicle is turned off with a
manual transmission.
Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Delayed Door Lock
When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors. To override the
delay, press the power door lock
switch on the door.
Select Off or On.
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Select and the following may
display:
.Remote Unlock Light Feedback
.Remote Lock Feedback
.Remote Door Unlock
.Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.
Select Off or Flash Lights.
Remote Lock Feedback
This allows selection of what type of
feedback is given when locking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Only, or Horn Only.
Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors
will unlock when pressing Kon the
RKE transmitter.
Select All Doors or Driver Door.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn the heated seats on
when using remote start on
cold days.
Select Off or On.
Bluetooth
Select and the following may
display:
.Pair New Device
.Device Management
.Ringtones
.Voice Mail Numbers
.Text Message Alerts
Pair New Device
Select to pair a new device.
See “Pairing”under Bluetooth
(Overview) on page 7-25 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Base Radio) on page 7-27 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Base Connected Radio) on
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-38 Instruments and Controls
page 7-30 or “Pairing”in
“Infotainment Controls”under
“Bluetooth”in the infotainment
manual.
Device Management
Select to connect to a different
phone source, disconnect a phone,
or delete a phone.
Ringtones
Press to change the ring tone for
the specific phone. The phone does
not need to be connected to change
the ring tones.
Voice Mail Numbers
This feature displays the voice mail
number for all connected phones.
To change the voice mail number,
select EDIT or press the EDIT
button. Type a new number, then
select SAVE or press the SAVE
button.
Text Message Alerts
This allows the feature to be turned
on or off.
Select Off or On.
Voice
Select and the following may
display:
.Confidence Threshold
.Prompt Length
.Audio Feedback Speed
Confidence Threshold
This feature allows the adjustment
of the sensitivity of the speech
recognition system.
Select Confirm More or
Confirm Less.
Prompt Length
This feature adjusts the voice
prompt length.
Select Short or Long.
Audio Feedback Speed
This feature adjusts the audio
feedback speed.
Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.
Display
Select and the following may
display:
.Mode
.Calibrate Touchscreen
.Turn Display Off
Mode
Select to change the display
screen mode.
Select Auto, Day, or Night.
Calibrate Touchscreen
Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
then follow the prompts.
Black plate (39,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Instruments and Controls 5-39
Turn Display Off
Select to turn the display off. Press
anywhere on the display area or any
faceplate button to turn the
display on.
Rear Camera
Select and the following may
display:
.Guidance Lines
Guidance Lines
Select to turn Off or On. See Rear
Vision Camera (RVC) on page 9-51.
Return to Factory Settings
Select and the following may
display:
.Restore Vehicle Settings
.Clear All Private Data
.Restore Radio Settings
Restore Vehicle Settings
This allows selection of restoring
vehicle settings.
Select Restore or Cancel.
Clear All Private Data
Select to clear all private information
from the vehicle.
Select Delete or Cancel.
Restore Radio Settings
This allows selection to restore
radio settings.
Select Restore or Cancel.
Software Information
Select to view the infotainment
system current software information.
Black plate (40,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
5-40 Instruments and Controls
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Lighting 6-1
Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Fog Lamps .................... 6-5
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Battery Load Management . . . . 6-8
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-9
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
O(Off): Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to the off position again to
turn the automatic headlamps or
DRL back on.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is in
P (Park).
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
6-2 Lighting
AUTO (Automatic): Automatically
turns on the headlamps at normal
brightness, together with the
following:
.Parking Lamps
.Instrument Panel Lights
.Taillamps
.License Plate Lamps
.Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps
When the vehicle is turned off and
the headlamps are in AUTO, the
headlamps turn off. When the key is
removed, they automatically turn on
for a set time. The time of the delay
can be changed using the DIC. See
Driver Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-22.
;(Parking Lamps): Turns on the
parking lamps including all lamps,
except the headlamps.
2(Headlamps): Turns on the
headlamps together with the parking
lamps and instrument panel lights.
When the headlamps are turned on
while the vehicle is on, the
headlamps turn off automatically
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off. When the headlamps are
turned on while the vehicle is off,
the headlamps will stay on for
10 minutes before turning off to
prevent the battery from being
drained. Turn the headlamp control
off and then back to the headlamp
on position to make the headlamps
stay on for an additional 10 minutes.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be in
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position.
#(Fog Lamps) (If Equipped):
Turns on the fog lamps. See Fog
Lamps on page 6-5.
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder
A reminder chime sounds when the
headlamps or parking lamps are
manually turned on, the ignition is
off, and a door is open. To disable
the chime, turn the lamps off.
Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
$(Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer): Push the turn signal
lever toward the instrument panel to
change the headlamps from low to
high beam.
Pull the turn signal lever toward you
and release it to return to low-beam
headlamps.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Lighting 6-3
When the high-beam headlamps are
on, this indicator light on the
instrument cluster will also be on.
Flash-to-Pass
This feature lets you use the
high-beam headlamps to signal a
driver in front of you that you want
to pass. It works even if the
headlamps are in the automatic
position.
To use it, pull the turn signal lever
toward you, then release it.
If the headlamps are in the
automatic position or on low beam,
the high-beam headlamps will turn
on. They will stay on as long as you
hold the lever toward you. The
high-beam indicator on the
instrument cluster will come on.
Release the lever to return to
normal operation.
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of the vehicle during
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Canada.
The DRL system comes on when
the following conditions are met:
.The ignition is on.
.The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.
.The transmission is not in
P (Park).
.The light sensor determines it is
daytime.
When the DRL system is on, only
the DRL are on. The taillamps,
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
lights, and other lamps will not
be on.
When it begins to get dark, the
automatic headlamp system
switches from DRL to the
headlamps.
To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior
lamp control to the off position and
then release. For vehicles first sold
in Canada, off will only work when
the vehicle is in P (Park).
Automatic Headlamp
System
When the exterior lamp control is
set to AUTO and it is dark enough
outside, the headlamps come on
automatically.
There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument panel. Do not cover the
sensor, otherwise the headlamps
will come on when they are not
needed.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
6-4 Lighting
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
If the vehicle is started in a dark
garage, the automatic headlamp
system comes on immediately. If it
is light outside when the vehicle
leaves the garage, there is a slight
delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to the
DRL. During that delay, the
instrument cluster may not be as
bright as usual. Make sure the
instrument panel brightness control
is in the full bright position. See
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6-6.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
change to Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL).
The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
control is turned to Oor the ignition
is off.
Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to O
or ;to disable this feature.
Hazard Warning Flashers
|(Hazard Warning Flashers):
Press this button to make the front
and rear turn signal lamps flash on
and off. Press again to turn the
flashers off.
When the hazard warning flashers
are on, the vehicle's turn signals will
not work.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Lighting 6-5
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.
Move the turn signal lever all the
way up or down to signal a turn.
Raise or lower the lever for less
than one second until the arrow
starts to flash to signal a lane
change. This causes the turn
signals to automatically flash three
times. Holding the turn signal lever
for more than one second will cause
the turn signals to flash until the
lever is released.
The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.
If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrows flash rapidly or
do not come on, a signal bulb could
be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses on page 10-33.
Turn Signal On Chime
If the turn signal is left on for more
than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
sounds at each flash of the turn
signal. The message TURN
SIGNAL ON will also appear in the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
To turn the chime and message off,
move the turn signal lever to the off
position.
Fog Lamps
If equipped, the control is on the
center of the exterior lamp control,
to the left of the steering column.
The ignition must be in the ON/RUN
position for the fog lamps to
come on.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
6-6 Lighting
#(Fog Lamps): Press to turn the
fog lamps on or off. A light will come
on in the instrument cluster.
When the fog lamps are turned on,
the parking lamps automatically
turn on.
When the headlamps are changed
to high beam, the fog lamps go off.
When the high-beam headlamps are
turned off, the fog lamps will come
on again.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on with
the fog lamps.
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control
This feature controls the brightness
of the steering wheel and instrument
panel lights. The instrument panel
illumination control is next to the
exterior lamp control.
D(Instrument Panel
Illumination): Move the
thumbwheel up or down to brighten
or dim the lights.
Cargo Lamp
The cargo lamp provides more light
in the cargo area of the vehicle,
if needed. The lights inside of the
pickup box also turn on, if equipped.
Press the switch down to turn the
cargo lamp on or off.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Lighting 6-7
Dome Lamps
The interior lamps control in the
overhead console controls both the
front and rear interior lamps.
To operate:
((Off): Turns the lamps off.
H(Door): Turns the lamps on
when any door is opened.
'(On): Keeps the lamps on all
the time.
The interior lamps turn on
automatically if the airbags are
deployed.
Reading Lamps
The front reading lamps,
if equipped, are in the overhead
console.
The rear reading lamps, if equipped,
are in the headliner.
#or $(Reading Lamps): Press
to turn each lamp on or off.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
6-8 Lighting
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
The vehicle has an illuminated entry
feature.
When a door is opened, the dome
lamps and puddle lamps come on if
the dome lamp control is in the
DOOR position. If the dome lamp
control is in the OFF position, the
lamps do not come on.
The headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, and back-up lamps turn
on briefly at night, or in areas with
limited lighting, when Kis pressed
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. After about 30 seconds
the exterior lamps turn off. Entry
lighting can be disabled manually by
changing the ignition out of the OFF
position, or by pressing the RKE
transmitter Qbutton.
This feature can be changed. See
“Vehicle Locator Lights”under
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Exit Lighting
The interior lamps, headlamps,
parking lamps, back-up lamps, and
license plate lamps come on when
the key is removed from the
ignition. The interior lamps turn off
automatically in 20 seconds. The
interior lamps do not come on if the
dome lamp control is in the OFF
position.
The exterior lamps turn off
immediately by turning the exterior
lamps control off.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Battery Load
Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM), which
estimates the battery's temperature
and state of charge. It then adjusts
the voltage for best performance
and extended life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. The voltmeter
gauge or the voltage display on the
Driver Information Center (DIC),
if equipped, may show the voltage
moving up or down. This is normal.
If there is a problem, an alert will be
displayed.
The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all the
power that is needed for very high
electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, fog
lamps, rear window defogger,
climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Lighting 6-9
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power, whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.
Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed and it is recommended
that the driver reduce the electrical
loads as much as possible. See
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages on page 5-25.
Battery Power Protection
This feature shuts off the dome and
reading lamps, if they are left on for
more than 10 minutes after the
ignition is turned off. The cargo
lamp shuts off after 20 minutes.
This prevents the battery from
running down.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
6-10 Lighting
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-1
Infotainment
System
Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2
Overview...................... 7-3
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . 7-10
Audio Players
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Navigation
OnStar
®
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Voice Recognition
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . 7-25
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls - Base Radio) . . . . . 7-27
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls - Base Connected
Radio) ...................... 7-30
Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Settings
Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Trademarks and License
Agreements
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Introduction
Infotainment
Base radio information is included in
this manual. See the infotainment
manual for information on other
available infotainment systems.
Read the following pages to
become familiar with these features.
{Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for
too long or too often while using
any infotainment feature can
cause a crash. You or others
could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving.
Limit your glances at the vehicle
displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-2 Infotainment System
The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
functions may gray out when they
are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through
the instrument cluster and steering
wheel controls.
Before driving:
.Become familiar with the
operation, faceplate buttons, and
screen buttons.
.Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
.Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving on page 9-3.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 9-25.
Theft-Deterrent Feature
TheftLock
®
is designed to
discourage theft of the vehicle's
radio by learning a portion of the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
The radio does not operate if it is
stolen or moved to a different
vehicle.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-3
Overview
Infotainment System Overview
The infotainment system is
controlled by using the buttons on
the faceplate.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-4 Infotainment System
1. q(Favorite Pages)
.Press to scroll down
through the favorite pages
for each source.
2. Favorites/Soft Keys
.Press to select favorite
stations.
.Press and hold to save
favorite stations.
.Press to select a screen
button when displayed.
3. r(Favorite Pages)
.Press to scroll up through
the favorite pages for each
source.
4. O(Power/Volume)
.Press to turn the audio on.
.Press and hold to turn it off.
.When on, press to mute the
system. Press again to
unmute.
.Turn to increase or
decrease the volume.
5. MEDIA
.Press to change the audio
source between USB, AUX,
and Bluetooth Audio,
if equipped.
6. RADIO
.Press to change the audio
source between AM, FM,
or SiriusXM, if equipped.
7. gor l(Seek)
.AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If
Equipped): Press gor l
to seek to the previous or
next strong station.
8. TONE
.Press TONE to open the
Tone Settings menu.
9. {(Home Page)
.Press to go to the Home
Page from any point in the
system. See “Home Page”
following.
10. oBACK
.Press to return to the
previous screen in
a menu.
11. MENU
.Press to access the menu
for the current audio
source.
.Press to select the
highlighted menu option.
.Turn to scroll through
a list.
.Turn to manually select a
station.
Home Page
Home Page Features
The infotainment system displays a
Home Page that makes it easy to
access all of the applications. Turn
the MENU knob to highlight feature
icons. Press the MENU knob to
access the feature’s options.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-5
Various functions are disabled when
the vehicle is moving.
AUDIO: Select the AUDIO screen
icon to display the active source
page. The sources available are
AM, FM, SiriusXM
®
(if equipped),
USB/iPod, AUX Input, and Bluetooth
Audio (if equipped). See AM-FM
Radio on page 7-7,Satellite Radio
on page 7-8,Auxiliary Jack on
page 7-16, and Bluetooth Audio on
page 7-16.
PHONE: Select the PHONE screen
icon to display the Phone main
page. See Bluetooth (Overview) on
page 7-25 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base
Radio) on page 7-27 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base
Connected Radio) on page 7-30.
NAV (Navigation, If Equipped):
Select the NAV screen icon to
display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation. See OnStar Overview
on page 14-1, if equipped.
SETTINGS: Select the SETTINGS
screen icon to display the Settings
main page. See “Setting Radio
Preferences”following.
Pandora (If Equipped)
Select the PANDORA icon to begin
Pandora. See Pandora Internet
Radio on page 7-10.
Setting Radio Preferences
Select the SETTINGS screen icon
to display the Settings menu and
the following may display:
Time and Date: See Clock on
page 5-4.
Language (Current Language):
This will set the display language in
the radio and instrument cluster.
Select to display a list of languages.
Select oBACK to go back to the
previous menu.
Valet Mode:
Using the circular numeric keypad,
enter a four-digit code:
1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
a number.
2. Press the MENU knob to select
it. Do this for each one of the
four digits. Select Enter to go to
the confirmation screen.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Select LOCK to lock the system.
4. Enter the four-digit code to
unlock the system. Select o
BACK to go back to the
previous menu.
Radio: See “Radio Setup”later in
this section.
Vehicle: See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5-33.
Display: Press the MENU knob to
turn the display on or off.
Return to Factory Settings: See
“Return to Factory Settings”later in
this section.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-6 Infotainment System
Software Information (If
Equipped): Press the MENU knob
to select Save Vehicle Info to USB.
Press the MENU knob again to start
downloading the vehicle information
to the USB.
Radio Setup
Press the RADIO button and the
following may display:
Manage Favorites:
.Turn the MENU knob and press
to select a favorite.
.To delete a favorite, press
the button just below the
DELETE screen button.
.To move a favorite, press
the MOVE screen button.
Turn the MENU knob to
select a new location, then
press the DROP screen
button to select the new
location.
.Select oBACK to go back to
the previous menu.
Number of Favorites Shown:
Select Auto and the system will
automatically adjust the number of
favorite pages when favorites are
added and removed, or select a
number from 5–25 to manually
adjust the number of favorites
shown.
Audible Touch Feedback (If
Equipped): Select Audible Touch
Feedback to turn feedback off or on.
Auto Volume (If Equipped): This
feature adjusts the volume based on
vehicle speed. The options are Off,
Low, Medium-Low, Medium,
Medium-High, or High. Select the
desired volume.
Maximum Startup Volume: This
feature sets the maximum startup
volume. If the vehicle is started and
the volume is greater than this level,
the volume is adjusted to this level.
To set the maximum startup volume,
Turn the MENU knob to increase or
decrease startup volume.
Rear Camera (If Equipped)
From the Rear Camera screen
button, the following may display:
Guidance Lines: This feature may
assist the driver when backing into a
parking spot. Select Guidance
Lines, then select Off or On.
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on
page 9-51.
Return to Factory Settings
Select Return to Factory Settings
and the following may display:
Restore Vehicle Settings: This
option will restore factory vehicle
personalization settings. Select
Restore Vehicle Settings. A screen
displays stating all vehicle
customization settings will be
restored to the factory settings.
Select Cancel or Confirm.
Clear All Private Data (If
Equipped): This option clears all
private information from the vehicle.
Select Clear All Private Data. Select
Cancel or Confirm.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-7
Restore Radio Settings: This
option will restore factory radio
settings. Select Restore Radio
Settings. A screen displays stating
all personalized radio settings will
be restored back to the factory
settings. Select Cancel or Confirm.
English and Metric Unit
Conversion
To change the display units between
English and metric units, see Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5-22.
Software Updates
See the website for more
information.
Website Information
In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com
In Canada, see
www.chevrolet.gm.ca
In Mexico, see
www.chevrolet.com.mx
Radio
AM-FM Radio
Playing the Radio
While on the audio main page,
press the RADIO button repeatedly
to cycle through the available
sources AM, FM, and SiriusXM
®
(if
equipped) or press the MEDIA
button repeatedly to cycle through
the available sources Bluetooth
®
Audio (if equipped), USB, and AUX.
AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If Equipped)
To select AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
equipped), press the RADIO button
to toggle to the desired broadcast
source.
Press the MENU knob and the
following radio settings may display:
Tone Settings:
.Bass, Midrange, and Treble:
Turn the MENU knob and
highlight. Press the MENU knob
to select. Turn the MENU knob
to adjust.
.Balance: Turn the MENU knob
to highlight. Press the MENU
knob to select. Turn the MENU
knob left for more sound from
the left speakers or right for
more sound from the right
speakers. The middle position
balances the sound between the
left and right speakers.
.Fade: Turn the MENU knob to
highlight. Press the MENU knob
to select. Turn the MENU knob
to the left for more sound from
the front speakers and to the
right for more sound from the
rear speakers. The middle
position balances the sound
between the front and rear
speakers.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-8 Infotainment System
.EQ (Equalizer): Turn the MENU
knob to highlight. Turn the
MENU knob to scroll through the
options. Press the MENU knob
to select. Press the oBACK
button to go to the
previous menu.
Station List: Select to display a
list of AM or FM stations. Press o
BACK to go to the previous menu.
Auto Volume: If equipped, this
feature adjusts the volume based on
the vehicle speed. Select the level
between Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Medium, Medium-High, and High.
Press oBACK to go to the
previous menu.
EQ (Equalizer) Settings: In certain
configurations, the available choices
are Manual and Talk.
Options for SiriusXM Only
XM View: XM view allows the
channel list to be viewed by channel
name, artist playing on channel,
or song playing on channel. Turn
the MENU knob to highlight and
press the MENU knob to select.
Press oBACK to go to the
previous menu.
Channel List: Select to display a
list of SiriusXM channels. Turn the
MENU knob to highlight and press
the MENU knob to select. Press o
BACK to go to the previous menu.
Also see the radio settings common
for all sources earlier in this section.
Finding a Station
Seeking a Station
Press gor lto search for the
previous or next strongest station.
Tuning a Station
Turn the MENU knob to manually
find a station.
Storing Radio Station Presets
Up to 25 preset stations from all
bands can be stored in the favorite
lists in any order. Up to five stations
can be stored in each favorite page
and the number of favorites can
be set.
AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If
Equipped): While on the active
source main page, such as AM, FM,
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and
hold a favorites/soft key button on
the faceplate.
Mixed-Audio Favorites
Media (if equipped) and Broadcast
favorites can be stored.
To display the favorites page, press
qor ron the radio faceplate.
To manage favorites, see “Manage
Favorites”under Home Page on
page 7-4.
Satellite Radio
SiriusXM
®
Satellite Radio
Service
Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite
radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM
satellite radio subscription can
receive SiriusXM programming.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-9
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
A service fee is required to receive
the SiriusXM service. See
www.siriusxmradio.com or call
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.); or see
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
When SiriusXM is active, the
channel name and number,
category name, song title, and artist
display on the screen.
Browsing SiriusXM Channels
To browse the SiriusXM channels:
1. Press the MENU knob.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
XM Channel List.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the desired XM Channels.
Radio Reception
Frequency interference and static
can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as cell phone
chargers, vehicle convenience
accessories, and external electronic
devices are plugged into the
accessory power outlet. If there is
interference or static, unplug the
item from the accessory power
outlet.
FM
FM signals only reach about 16 to
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
that automatically works to reduce
interference, some static can occur,
especially around tall buildings or
hills, causing the sound to fade in
and out.
AM
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can occur when
things like storms and power lines
interfere with radio reception. When
this happens, try reducing the treble
on the radio.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite
Radio Service provides digital radio
reception. Tall buildings or hills can
interfere with satellite radio signals,
causing the sound to fade in and
out. In addition, traveling or standing
under heavy foliage, bridges,
garages, or tunnels may cause loss
of the SiriusXM signal for a period
of time.
Cell Phone Usage
Cell phone usage, such as making
or receiving phone calls, charging,
or just having the phone on may
cause static interference with the
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
if this happens.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-10 Infotainment System
Multi-Band Antenna
The multi-band antenna is on the
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
used for the AM-FM radio, OnStar,
the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
System, and GPS (Global
Positioning System), if the vehicle
has these features. Keep the
antenna clear of obstructions for
clear reception.
Pandora Internet Radio
If equipped, Pandora
®
is a free
Internet radio service that streams
personalized radio stations based
on artists, tracks, genres, and
comedians. Create stations using
the Pandora website or Smartphone
application, then use -(thumbs up)
or ,(thumbs down) to personalize
stations. To set up an account, or for
more information, go to
www.pandora.com. Pandora may
not be available in Canada or
Mexico.
A phone or tablet with Internet
connection and the Pandora
application installed is required.
Personal cell phone data plans are
used. Make sure the latest version
is installed on the device.
Launching Pandora
Connect the iPhone to the USB
port, or connect Android
®
or
BlackBerry
®
through Bluetooth. See
Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7-25
or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Base Radio) on page 7-27 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Base Connected Radio) on
page 7-30. For first time use, set up
the stations before connecting to the
vehicle. The Pandora icon will be
available on the Home Page.
When Pandora is chosen, the
Pandora logo will populate on the
screen and the system will display
“Acquiring Pandora Radio Station.”
Launch times can be significant.
Using the iPhone
1. Plug the device into the USB
port. The phone screen must be
unlocked.
2. Launch Pandora from the Home
Page by selecting the
Pandora icon.
If nothing happens when the
available Pandora screen button is
pressed, download the latest
Pandora application and retry.
The login screen may display on the
device.
Using an Android or BlackBerry
Phone
The BlackBerry phone must be
unlocked to launch Pandora service.
1. Pair the phone using Bluetooth.
2. Launch Pandora by selecting
Pandora on the Home Page.
If nothing happens when the
available Pandora screen button is
selected, download the latest
Pandora application and retry.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-11
The login screen may display on the
device.
Pandora Menus
Press the MENU knob.
Pandora has a menu with the
following:
Tone Settings: Select to adjust the
tone settings. See AM-FM Radio on
page 7-7.
Bookmark Artist: Select to
bookmark the artist.
Bookmark Song: Select to
bookmark the song.
Auto Volume: This feature sets the
auto volume based on the speed of
the vehicle and noise in the vehicle.
See AM-FM Radio on page 7-7.
Pandora Features
Pandora service has features to rate
tracks, skip tracks, or change
stations.
}(Bookmarks): When selected
during a track, a choice displays to
bookmark the artist or track. This
sends the bookmark to the Pandora
account.
,(Thumbs Down): When
selected, Pandora stores this
information, changes to the next
track, and does not play this track
on this station again. This helps
Pandora choose which tracks
should not play on this station. This
feature is only available on user
created stations.
-(Thumbs Up): When selected,
Pandora stores this information and
-is highlighted for the remainder
of the track. This helps Pandora
choose which tracks should play on
this station.
d(Next Track): When selected,
Pandora changes to the next track.
ror j(Play/Pause): Select to play
or pause playback.
Pandora Skip Limit
Pandora limits the number of skips
allowed on their service. When the
skip limit is reached, ,or next
arrow will not skip the currently
playing track, but the ,feedback
will be recorded.
Advertisement on Pandora
Pandora may display
advertisements. The artist name
and track title will not be displayed
and the skip track button will not be
available.
Pandora Troubleshooting
Unable to Connect Device to
Vehicle
If the device is unable to connect to
the USB or Bluetooth:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Take the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter at least 6 m
(20 ft) away from the vehicle.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-12 Infotainment System
3. Wait about 30 seconds, and try
to connect the device again.
See Bluetooth (Overview) on
page 7-25 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base
Radio) on page 7-27 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls
- Base Connected Radio) on
page 7-30.
Unable to Start Pandora
If the device is unable to launch
Pandora:
.Check that the latest version of
Pandora is installed.
.Check that there is an active
account logged into Pandora.
.Have at least one station
created.
.For Android and BlackBerry
devices, check that the device is
paired with the vehicle, and
whether the device displays in
the Connected phone sources
list under the Phone icon from
the Home Page.
.For an iPhone, check that the
USB cable is connected to the
USB port and the screen is
unlocked.
.Close Pandora on the device
and launch again. Devices that
allow multitasking may require
an extra step to quit the Pandora
application. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide.
Thumbs Up or Thumbs Down
Error
If there is an error trying to rate a
track with the ,or -buttons, the
message “Thumbs Down Error”or
“Thumbs Up Error”will display.
Press OK to dismiss.
Loss of Audio
Loss of Pandora audio can happen
in different ways:
.Weak or lost data connection.
.Device needs to be charged.
.Application needs to be
relaunched.
.Connection between phone and
radio lost.
.An iPhone is connected to both
Bluetooth and the USB port.
Playback can be resumed from
a loss of audio by double
tapping on the iPhone home
button then scrolling through the
icons to find an icon that allows
a change of flow between
Bluetooth and USB cable.
Volume and song selection may
be controlled using the
Infotainment controls or on the
phone/device. If Pandora is
selected and nothing is heard,
check the volume setting on
both phone/device and the
Infotainment system.
Common Pandora Messages
Pandora Error/Please Check
Device: Not signed in or Pandora
is down for maintenance.
No Stations Available: No stations
are available on the Pandora server
through the connected device.
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-13
Action Unavailable. Please Check
Device Connection: A few
conditions for loss of Internet
connection are:
.The connected device loses its
cellular connection.
.The device does not support
Internet connectivity.
.The device is not in the vehicle.
.The Bluetooth signal is lost.
No skips remaining for this
station or permitted during
advertisements:
.The maximum Pandora skip limit
has been reached according to
the plan that was obtained.
.Skipping an advertisement was
tried.
See www.pandora.com/help. If the
service will not work, see a dealer
for assistance.
Audio Players
USB Port
Playing from a USB
A USB mass storage device can be
connected to the USB port.
There is a USB port on the front or
under the armrest of the center
console. See Center Console
Storage on page 4-2.
USB MP3 Player and USB Drives
.The USB MP3 players and USB
drives connected must comply
with the USB Mass Storage
Class specification (USB MSC).
.Hard disk drives are not
supported.
To play a USB device:
.Connect the USB.
.Press the MEDIA button on the
faceplate until the connected
device is shown.
While the USB source is active,
press the corresponding faceplate
button for the icons on the screen to
operate USB function:
.t(Seek Previous/Fast
Reverse)
.u(Seek Next/Fast Forward)
.j/r(Play/Pause)
.Z(Shuffle)
USB Menu
Press the MENU knob to display the
USB menu and the following may
display:
Browse: Select to display the files
and folders on the USB device.
Tone Settings: Select to adjust
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer).
Auto Volume: If equipped, this
feature adjusts the volume based on
vehicle speed and ambient noise.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-14 Infotainment System
EQ (Equalizer): If equipped, this
feature adjusts the equalizer
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)
Settings”in AM-FM Radio on
page 7-7.
Playing from an iPod
®
/iPad
®
/
iPhone
®
This feature supports the following
devices:
.iPod nano
®
(1st, 2nd, 3rd, and
4th generation)
.iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5
generation)
.iPod classic
®
(6th generation)
.iPod touch
®
(1st and 2nd
generation)
.iPad
.iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS,
iPhone 4
There may be problems with
operation and function in the
following situations:
.When connecting a device with
a more recent version of the
firmware installed than is
supported by the infotainment
system.
.When connecting a device on
which firmware from other
providers is installed.
To connect and control a device:
1. Connect one end of the standard
USB cable to the device's dock
connector.
2. Connect the other end to a USB
port in the center console. See
Center Console Storage on
page 4-2.
3. Press the MEDIA button to
select the source.
The music information displays on
the radio’s display and begins
playing through the vehicle’s audio
system.
The device battery recharges
automatically while the vehicle is on.
When the vehicle is off while a
device is connected using the USB
cable, the device battery stops
charging and the device will
automatically turn off.
If the device is an unsupported
model, it can still be listened to in
the vehicle by connecting to the
auxiliary input jack using a standard
3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable.
Menu
Press the MENU knob to display the
device Menu and the following may
display:
Browse: Select to display the files
or songs on the device. See
“Browse Device Media”later in this
section.
Tone Settings: Select to adjust
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer).
Auto Volume: If equipped, this
feature adjusts the volume based on
vehicle speed and ambient noise.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-15
EQ (Equalizer): If equipped, this
feature adjusts the Equalizer
settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)”in
AM-FM Radio on page 7-7.
Browse Device Media
Use the following to browse:
Playlists:
1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to view the playlists
stored on the device.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select a playlist
name to view a list of all songs
in the playlist.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select the song
from the list to begin playback.
Artists:
1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to view the artists
stored on the device.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select an artist
name to view a list of all albums
by the artist.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select an album
name to view a list of all songs
on the album.
4. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select the song
from the list to begin playback.
Albums:
1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to view the albums
stored on the device.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select an album
name to view a list of all songs
on the album.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select the song
from the list to begin playback.
Genres:
1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to view the genres
stored on the device.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select a genre
name to view a list of artists of
that genre.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select to view
albums by that artist.
4. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select an album to
view songs.
5. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select the song
from the list to begin playback.
Songs:
1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to view a list of all
songs stored on the device.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
and press to select the song
from the list to begin playback.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-16 Infotainment System
Auxiliary Jack
There is an AUX jack on the front or
under the armrest of the center
console. See Center Console
Storage on page 4-2.
Possible auxiliary audio sources
include:
.Laptop computer
.Audio music player
This jack is not an audio output.
Do not plug headphones into the
auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary
devices should be set up while the
vehicle is in P (Park).
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
from the auxiliary device to the
auxiliary input jack.
If an auxiliary device has already
been connected, but a different
source is currently active, press the
MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly
to scroll through all of the available
audio source screens, until the AUX
source screen is shown.
Playing from the AUX Jack
An auxiliary device is played
through the audio system and
controlled through the device itself.
AUX Menu
Press the MENU knob to display the
AUX menu and the following may
display:
Tone Settings: Select to adjust
Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance,
Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See
“Tone Settings”under AM-FM Radio
on page 7-7.
Auto Volume: If equipped, this
feature adjusts the volume based on
vehicle speed and ambient noise.
EQ (Equalizer): If equipped, this
feature adjusts the pre-defined
equalizer settings. See “EQ
(Equalizer)”in AM-FM Radio on
page 7-7.
Bluetooth Audio
If equipped, music may be played
from a paired Bluetooth device. See
“Pairing”in “Information Controls”
under Bluetooth (Overview) on
page 7-25 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base
Radio) on page 7-27 or Bluetooth
(Infotainment Controls - Base
Connected Radio) on page 7-30 for
help pairing a device.
Volume and song selection may be
controlled using the Infotainment
controls or on the phone/device.
If Bluetooth Audio is selected and
nothing is heard, check the volume
setting on both the phone/device
and the infotainment system.
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-17
Music can be launched by pressing
the MEDIA screen button on the
Home Page.
To play music via Bluetooth:
1. Power on the device, and pair to
connect the device.
2. Once paired, go into the audio
application from the Home Page
or via the application tray. Select
MEDIA until Bluetooth displays.
Bluetooth Audio Menu
Press the MENU screen button to
display the Bluetooth Audio menu.
The following may be available:
Tone: Select + or −to adjust the
tone settings. See AM-FM Radio on
page 7-7.
Press oBACK to go back to the
previous menu.
Manage Bluetooth Devices: Select
to go to the Bluetooth page to add
or delete devices.
When selecting Bluetooth Audio, the
radio may not be able to launch the
audio player on the connected
device to start playing. When the
vehicle is not moving, use the
phone to begin playback.
All devices launch audio differently.
When selecting Bluetooth Audio as
a source, the radio may show as
paused on the screen. Press play
on the device or press rto begin
playback.
Some phones support sending
Bluetooth music information to
display on the radio. When the radio
receives this information, it will
check to see if any is available and
display it. For more information
about supported Bluetooth features,
see www.gm.com/bluetooth.
Navigation
OnStar
®
System
An OnStar
®
subscriber has the
ability to connect to the OnStar
system (if equipped) and ask an
OnStar Advisor to download a
destination into the vehicle. OnStar
will send address information and
location coordinates of the
destination into the vehicle.
To access from the Home Page,
turn the MENU knob to highlight the
OnStar icon. Press the MENU knob
to access.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-18 Infotainment System
Press the button below the MUTE
screen button to mute the
navigation directions. The previous
audio selection will play. The MUTE
screen button will change to
UNMUTE. Press the button below
UNMUTE to enable the navigation
directions again.
OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation
Press the MENU knob to go to the
Turn-by-Turn menu.
The following options are available:
.Update Route: only shows if the
vehicle is off the route
.Cancel Route
.My Destination
.Route Preview
.Repeat
When the system is downloading a
route, the only option available is
Cancel Route. Once the route is
downloaded, the additional list items
display.
My Destination
If My Destination is selected, a
special version of the Maneuver
View displays. The Destination
Address is shown in the Street
Name field and the total distance to
the destination is shown in the
Distance to Maneuver View. Press
the button below the DONE screen
button to return to the
Maneuver View.
Route Preview
.If Route Preview is selected, a
special version of the Maneuver
View displays.
.Press the button below the
NEXT screen button to display
the next maneuver information,
including distance between it
and the previous maneuver.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-19
.Press the button below the
PREV screen button to display
the previous maneuver
information, including distance
between it and the previous
maneuver.
While on the current maneuver,
the PREV screen button is
hidden. If on the last maneuver,
the NEXT screen button is
hidden.
.Press the button below the
DONE screen button to return to
the Maneuver View.
Repeat
Press the button below the REPEAT
screen button to go back to the
Maneuver View. The audible
maneuver prompt is repeated.
Canceling a Turn-by-Turn Route
Press the button below the Cancel
Route screen button on the
Turn-by-Turn menu. A screen
displays to confirm the cancellation.
Voice Recognition
If equipped, voice recognition allows
for hands-free operation within the
audio and phone applications. This
feature can be started by pressing
the button below gon the
infotainment screen.
However, not all features within
these areas are supported by voice
commands. Generally, only complex
tasks that require multiple manual
interactions to complete are
supported by voice commands.
For example, tasks that take more
than one or two button presses such
as selecting a song or artist to play
from a media device would be
supported by voice commands.
Other tasks, like adjusting the
volume or seeking up or down are
audio features that are easily
performed by pressing one or two
buttons, and are not supported by
voice commands.
In general there are flexible ways to
speak commands for completing the
tasks. Most of them, except
destination entry and voice keypad,
can be completed in a single
command. If the task takes more
than one command to complete, the
first command would be to indicate
the kind of task that is to be
performed. The system replies with
prompts that lead through a dialog
to enter the necessary information.
Voice recognition can be used when
the ignition is on or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9-25.
Using Voice Recognition
Voice recognition becomes available
once the system has been
initialized. This begins when the
ignition is turned on. Initialization
may take a few moments.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-20 Infotainment System
1. Press the button below the g
screen button.
.When voice recognition is
started from the
infotainment screen, the
selections and visual dialog
content are displayed on
both the center stack
display and the instrument
cluster display.
2. The audio system mutes and the
system plays a prompt followed
by a beep.
3. Wait until after the beep
completes, then clearly speak
one of the commands described
in this section.
Press the button below the g
screen button to interrupt any
voice recognition system prompt.
For example, if the prompt
seems to be taking too long to
finish, press the button below
the gscreen button again and
the beep should happen
right away.
There are two voice prompt modes
supported:
.Long verbal prompts: The longer
prompts provide more
information regarding the
supported actions.
.Short prompts: The short
prompts provide simple
instructions about what can be
stated.
If a command is not spoken, the
voice recognition system says a
help prompt.
Prompts and Screen Displays
While a voice recognition session is
active, there will be corresponding
buttons on screens displayed.
Manual interaction in the voice
recognition session is permitted.
Interaction during a voice session
may be completed entirely using
voice commands, or some
selections may expedite a session.
If a selection is made using a
manual control, the dialog will
progress in the same way as if the
selection was made through a voice
command. Once the system is able
to complete the task, or the session
is terminated, the voice recognition
dialog stops.
An example of this type of manual
intervention is pressing on an entry
of a displayed number list instead of
speaking the number associated
with the entry desired.
Canceling Voice Recognition
.Select the Home screen button
to terminate the voice
recognition session which was
initiated by selecting gon the
infotainment screen.
.Select or say “Cancel”or “Exit”
to terminate the voice
recognition session and display
the screen from which voice
recognition was initiated.
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-21
Helpful Hints for Speaking
Commands
Voice recognition can understand
commands that are either naturally
stated in sentence form (English
only), or direct commands that state
the application and the task.
For languages that do not support
natural language commands in
sentence form, use the direct
commands shown as examples on
the display screen.
For best results:
.Listen for the prompt and wait
for the beep before saying a
command or reply.
.Say “Help”or look at the screen
display for commands.
.Voice recognition system
prompts can be interrupted
during a prompt by selecting g
again.
For example, if the prompt
seems to be taking too long to
finish, or if what is being
prompted causes a need for an
immediate reply, select gagain
and wait for the beep.
.Speak the command naturally,
not too fast, not too slow. Use
direct commands without a lot of
extra words.
.Usually Phone and Audio
commands can be spoken in a
single command.
For example, “Call Dave Smith
at work,” “Play”followed by the
artist or song name, or “Tune”
followed by the radio station
number.
There is no need to memorize
specific command words. Direct
commands might be more clearly
understood by the system. An
example of a direct command would
be “Call 555-1212.”Examples of
these direct commands are
displayed on most of the screens
while a voice session is active.
If “Phone”or “Phone Commands”is
stated, the system understands that
a phone call is requested and will
respond with questions until enough
details are gathered.
If the phone number has been
saved with a name and a place, the
direct command should include
both, for example “Call Dave Smith
at work.”
Using Voice Recognition for
List Options
When a list is displayed, a voice
prompt will ask to confirm or select
an option from that list. A selection
can be made by manually selecting
the item, or by speaking the line
number for the item.
When a screen contains a list,
options may be available but not
displayed. The list on a voice
recognition screen functions the
same as a list on other screens.
Scrolling can be used to help
display other entries from the list.
Manually scrolling or paging the list
on a screen during a voice
recognition session suspends the
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-22 Infotainment System
current voice recognition event and
plays the prompt “Make your
selection from the list using the
manual controls or press the
oBack button to try again.”
If manual selection takes more than
15 seconds, the session terminates
and prompts that it has timed out.
The screen returns back to the
screen where voice recognition
was initiated.
The Back Command
Say “Back”or press the oBack
button to go to the previous screen.
If in voice recognition, and “Back”is
stated all the way through to the
initial screen, then “Back”is stated
one more time, the voice recognition
session will cancel.
Help
Say “Help”on any voice recognition
screen and the help prompt for the
screen is played. Additionally, a
pop-up displays a text version of the
help prompt. Depending on how
voice recognition was initiated, the
Help pop-up will either display on
the instrument cluster or the
infotainment screen. Press the
faceplate button below the Dismiss
screen button to make the pop-up
go away.
Selecting gwhile the help prompt is
playing will terminate the prompt
and a beep will be heard. Doing this
will stop the help prompt so that a
voice command can be used.
Voice Recognition for the
Radio
Select gfrom the infotainment
screen to launch audio voice
recognition. When selected, the
voice commands for radio and
media features are available.
“Switch to AM”:Switch bands to
AM and tune to the last AM radio
station.
“Switch to FM”:Switch bands to
FM and tune to the last FM radio
station.
“Switch to XM”:Switch bands to
SiriusXM and tune to the last
SiriusXM channel.
“Tune to <AM frequency> AM”:
Tune to the radio station whose
frequency is identified in the
command (like “nine fifty”).
“Tune to <FM frequency> FM”:
Tune to the radio station whose
frequency is identified in the
command (like “one o one
point one”).
“Tune to XM <XM channel
number>”:Tune to the SiriusXM
radio station whose channel number
is identified in the command.
“Tune to XM <XM channel
name>”:Tune to the SiriusXM
radio station whose channel name
is identified in the command.
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-23
Voice Recognition for Audio
My Media
If browsing My Media when gis
selected from the infotainment
screen, the voice recognition
commands for My Media features
are available.
“Play Artist”:Begin a dialog to
enter a specific artist name.
“Play Artist <artist name>”:
Begin playback of the media from
the artist identified in the command.
“Play Album”:Begin a dialog to
enter a specific album name.
“Play Album <album name>”:
Begin playback of the identified
album name in the command.
“Play Song”:Begin a dialog to
enter a specific song name.
“Play Song <song name>”:Begin
playback of the identified song
name in the command.
“Play Genre”:Begin a dialog to
enter a specific genre.
“Play Genre <genre name>”:
Begin playback of the media
selection identified in the command.
“Play Playlist”:Begin a dialog to
enter a specific playlist name.
“Play Playlist <playlist name>”:
Begin playback of the identified
playlist in the command.
“Play <device name>”:Play
music from a specific device
identified by name. The device
name is the name displayed on the
screen when the device is first
selected as an audio source.
“Play Chapter”:Begin a dialog to
enter a specific name.
“Play Chapter <chapter name>”:
Begin playback of the media
selection identified in the command.
“Play Audiobook”:Begin a dialog
to enter a specific name.
“Play Audiobook <audiobook
name>”:Begin playback of the
media selection identified in the
command.
“Play Episode”:Begin a dialog to
enter a specific name.
“Play Episode <episode
name>”:Begin playback of the
media selection identified in the
command.
“Play Podcast”:Begin a dialog to
enter a specific name.
“Play Podcast <podcast
name>”:Begin playback of the
media selection identified in the
command.
“Play Video”:Begin a dialog to
enter a specific name.
“Play Video <video name>”:
Begin playback of the media
selection identified in the command.
“My Media”:Begin a dialog to
enter the desired media content.
Handling Large Amounts of Media
Content
It is expected that large amounts of
media content will be brought into
the vehicle. It may be necessary to
handle large amounts of media
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-24 Infotainment System
content in a different way than
smaller amounts. The system may
limit the options of voice recognition
by not allowing selection of song
titles by voice at the highest level if
the number of songs exceeds the
maximum limit.
Voice command option changes
through media content limits are:
.Song files including other
individual files of all media types
such as audiobook chapters,
podcast episodes, and videos.
.Album type folders including
types such as albums and
audiobooks.
There are no restrictions if the
number of song files and albums is
less than 4,000. When the number
of song files connected to the
system is between 4,000 and 8,000,
the content cannot be accessed
directly with one command like
“Play <song name>.”
The restriction is that the command
“Play Song”must be spoken first;
the system will then ask for the song
name. The reply command would be
to say the name of the song to play.
Similar limits exist for album
content. If there are more than
4,000 albums, but less than 8,000,
the content cannot be accessed
directly with one command like,
“Play <album name>.”The
command “Play Album”must first be
spoken; the system will then ask for
the album name. The reply would
be to say the name of the album
to play.
Once the number of songs has
exceeded approximately 8,000,
there is no support for accessing the
songs directly through voice
commands. There will still be
access to the media content by
using commands for playlists,
artists, and genres.
The access commands for playlists,
artists, and genres are prohibited
after the number of this type of
media exceeds 4,000.
The system will provide feedback
the first time voice recognition is
initiated if it has become apparent
that any of these limits are reached
during a device initializing process.
Voice Recognition for the
Phone
“Call <contact name>”:Initiate a
call to an entered contact. The
command may include location if
the contact has location numbers
stored.
“Call <contact name> At Home,”
“At Work,” “On Mobile,”or “On
Other”:Initiate a call to an entered
contact and location at home, at
work, on mobile device, or on
another phone.
“Call <phone number>”:Initiate a
call to a standard phone number
seven or 10 digits in length, and
also 911, 411, or 611.
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-25
“Pair Phone”:Begins the
Bluetooth pairing process. Follow
instructions on the radio display.
“Switch Phone”:Select a different
phone for outgoing calls.
“Voice Keypad”:Begins a dialog
to enter special numbers like
international numbers. The numbers
can be entered in groups of digits
with each group of digits being
repeated back by the system. If the
group of digits is not correct, the
command “Delete”will remove the
last group of digits and allow them
to be re-entered. Once the entire
number has been entered, the
command “Call”will start dialing the
number.
“Voice Mail”:Initiate a call to voice
mail numbers.
Voice Recognition for OnStar
(If Equipped)
“OnStar”:Begin OnStar Voice
Recognition.
Phone
Bluetooth (Overview)
Instructions for using the cell phone
may differ between infotainment
systems. The base radio and base
radio with connectivity instructions
are included in this manual. See the
infotainment manual for instructions
on the uplevel radios.
Bluetooth-capable systems can
interact with many cell phones,
allowing:
.Placement and receipt of calls in
a hands-free mode.
.Sharing of the cell phone’s
address book or contact list with
the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle
parked:
.Become familiar with the
features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts.
.Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
system.
.Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
all cell phones. See “Pairing”in
this section.
.If the cell phone has voice
dialing capability, learn to use
that feature to access the
address book or contact list.
See “Voice Pass-Thru”in this
section.
.See “Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers”in this section.
{Warning
When using a cell phone, it can
be distracting to look too long or
too often at the screen of the
phone or the infotainment system.
(Continued)
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-26 Infotainment System
Warning (Continued)
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell
phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
make and receive phone calls. The
infotainment system and voice
recognition are used to control the
system. The system can be used
while in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY. The range of the
Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m
(30 ft). Not all phones support all
functions and not all phones work
with the Bluetooth system. See
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
information about compatible
phones.
Bluetooth Controls
Infotainment System Controls
For information about how to
navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see Overview
on page 7-3.
MENU: Turn to scroll through a list.
Press to select the highlighted list
option.
{(Home Page): Press to go to the
Home Page. See Home Page on
page 7-4.
PHONE: Select to enter the phone
main menu. See Bluetooth
(Overview) on page 7-25 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Base Radio) on page 7-27 or
Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls -
Base Connected Radio) on
page 7-30.
Voice Recognition
The voice recognition system uses
commands to control the system
and dial phone numbers.
Noise: The system may not
recognize voice commands if there
is too much background noise, such
as noise from open windows or loud
talking inside the vehicle.
When to Speak: A tone sounds to
indicate that the system is ready for
a voice command. Wait for the tone
and then speak.
How to Speak: Speak clearly in a
calm and natural voice.
Audio System
When using the Bluetooth system,
sound comes through the vehicle's
front audio system speakers and
overrides the audio system. Use the
Oknob during a call to change the
volume level. The system maintains
a minimum volume level.
Bluetooth Audio Quality
Turn off the Echo and Noise
cancellation feature on your phone,
if supported, for the best hands-free
performance.
See www.gm.com/bluetooth.
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-27
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls - Base Radio)
For information about how to
navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see Overview
on page 7-3.
Switching to Handset or
Hands-Free Mode
To switch between handset mode
and hands-free mode, use the
OnStar command, “transfer call.”
Pairing
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the
vehicle before it can be used. See
your cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
phone is not connected, calls can
be made using OnStar Hands-Free
Calling, if available. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1, if equipped.
Pairing Information
.Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
.The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
.Pairing only needs to be
completed once per phone,
unless the pairing information on
the cell phone changes or the
cell phone is deleted from the
system.
.Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.
.If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the
system connects to the first
available paired cell phone in the
order that they were newly
paired to the system. To connect
to a different paired phone, see
“Connecting to a Different
Phone”later in this section.
Pairing a Phone or Device
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob to access the
PHONE screen button, then
press the MENU knob to select
the PHONE screen button. If a
device has been previously
paired, the main Phone menu
will be shown. If no devices
have been paired, Step 2 can be
skipped.
2. Turn the MENU knob and press
to select Manage Phones.
3. Press the button just below the
PAIR screen button. A four-digit
Personal Identification Number
(PIN) appears on the display.
The PIN is used in Step 5.
4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone to be paired to the
vehicle. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for
information on this process.
5. Locate the device named “Your
Vehicle”in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-28 Infotainment System
on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 3. If a six
digit code is shown on the phone
and the vehicle screen, confirm
the codes are the same. The
system recognizes the new
connected phone after the
pairing process is complete.
6. If the phone prompts to accept
connection or allow phone book
download, select Always Accept
and Allow. The phone book may
not be available if not accepted.
7. Repeat Steps 1–6 to pair
additional phones or devices.
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
1. To list all paired devices, from
the Home Page turn the MENU
knob, then press to select the
PHONE screen button.
2. Turn the MENU knob and press
to select Manage Phones.
Deleting a Paired Phone
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.
2. Turn the MENU knob and press
to select Manage Phones.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the phone to be deleted.
4. Press the button below the
DELETE screen button to delete
the highlighted device.
5. A confirmation screen is
displayed. Press the button just
below the DELETE screen
button to confirm deletion.
Connecting to a Different Phone
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.
2. Turn the MENU knob and press
to select Manage Phones.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the phone to be connected.
4. Press the button just below the
CONNECT screen button to
connect to the highlighted
device.
Phone Menu
Once a phone is connected and
selected, the following may display:
Recent Calls: Turn the MENU
knob to highlight Recent Calls and
press to select.
Contacts: Turn the MENU knob to
highlight Contacts and press to
select.
Keypad: Turn the MENU knob to
highlight Keypad and press to
select.
Active Call: Turn the MENU knob
to highlight Active Call and press to
select and display the active call
screen.
Manage Phones: Turn the MENU
knob to highlight Manage Phones
and press to select.
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-29
Making a Call Using Contacts
and Recent Calls
For cell phones that support the
Contacts and Recent Calls feature,
the Bluetooth system can use the
contacts stored on your cell phone
to make calls. See your cell phone
manufacturer’s user guide or
contact your wireless provider to
find out if this feature is supported
by your phone.
If the phone prompts to allow phone
book download during the pairing
process, select Always Accept and
Allow. The phone book may not be
available if not accepted.
When a cell phone supports the
phone book feature, the Contacts
and Recent Calls menus are
automatically available.
The Contacts menu allows you to
access the phone book stored in the
cell phone to make a call.
The Recent Calls menu allows you
to access the phone numbers from
the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls,
and Missed Calls menus on the cell
phone to make a call.
To make a call using the
Contacts menu:
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
Contacts and press to select.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the letter group and press to
select.
4. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the contact and press to select.
5. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the desired number, then press
the MENU knob to call the
contact.
To make a call using the Recent
Calls menu:
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
Recent Calls and press to
select.
If necessary, select between
Missed, Recent, and Sent calls
by pressing the button below the
appropriate screen button.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the contact or the phone
number.
4. Press the MENU knob to call the
contact.
Making a Call Using the
Keypad
To make a call:
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-30 Infotainment System
2. Turn the MENU knob and press
to select Keypad.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the first digit and press to select.
Continue this process through
the number. To call, press the
button just below the CALL
screen button.
Accepting or Declining a Call
When an incoming call is received,
the infotainment system mutes and
a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
Accepting a Call
To accept a call, press the button
just below the ANSWER screen
button.
Declining a Call
To decline a call, do one of the
following:
.Press the button just below the
IGNORE screen button.
.Do nothing.
Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
the wireless service carrier to work.
Accepting a Call Waiting Call
To accept a call waiting call, press
the button just below the SWITCH
screen button.
Declining a Call Waiting Call
To decline a call waiting call, do one
of the following:
.Press the button just below the
IGNORE screen button.
.Do nothing.
Ending a Call
To end a call, press the button just
below the END screen button.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
send numbers during a call. This is
used when calling a menu-driven
phone system.
1. When a call is active, press the
button just below the KEYPAD
screen button.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the first digit and press to select.
If not initially in the phone
application, from the Home Page,
turn the MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen button.
From the PHONE main menu, turn
the MENU knob to highlight Active
Call and press to select.
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls - Base
Connected Radio)
For information about how to
navigate the menu system using the
infotainment controls, see Overview
on page 7-3.
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-31
Switching to Handset or
Hands-Free Mode
To switch between handset or
hands-free mode, from the Home
Page select the PHONE to display
Call View.
.While the active call is
hands-free, press the Handset
screen button to switch to the
handset mode. The screen
button changes to Hands-Free
once the Bluetooth device
confirms it is operating as
handset.
.While the active call is handset,
select the Hands-Free screen
button to switch to the
hands-free mode. The screen
button changes to Handset once
the Bluetooth device confirms it
is operating as hands-free.
Pairing
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the
vehicle before it can be used. See
your cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
phone is not connected, calls can
be made using OnStar Hands-Free
Calling, if available. See OnStar
Overview on page 14-1.
Pairing Information
.Up to 10 cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
.The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
.Pairing only needs to be
completed once per phone,
unless the pairing information on
the cell phone changes or the
cell phone is deleted from the
system.
.Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.
.If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the
system connects to the most
recently connected device. To
connect to a different paired
phone, see “Connecting to a
Different Phone”after in this
section.
Pairing a Phone or Device
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob to access the
PHONE screen button, then
press the MENU knob to select
the PHONE screen button. If a
device has been previously
paired, the main Phone menu
will be shown. If no devices
have been paired, Step 2 can be
skipped.
2. Turn the MENU knob and press
to select Manage Phones.
3. Press the button just below the
PAIR/screen button. A four-digit
Personal Identification Number
(PIN) appears on the display.
The PIN may be used in Step 5.
4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone to be paired to the
vehicle. See the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for
information on this process.
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-32 Infotainment System
5. Locate “Chevrolet MyLink”on
the display. Follow the
instructions on the cell phone to
enter the PIN provided in Step 3
or confirm the six-digit code
shown on the display. After the
PIN is successfully entered or
the code is confirmed, the
system responds with “<Device
name> has been successfully
paired”when the pairing process
is complete.
6. If “Chevrolet MyLink”does not
appear, turn the phone off or
remove the phone battery and
retry.
7. If the phone prompts to accept
connection or allow phone book
download, select always accept
and allow. The phone book may
not be available if not accepted.
8. Repeat Steps 1−7 to pair
additional phones.
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
1. To list all paired devices, from
the Home Page turn the MENU
knob, then press to select the
PHONE screen button.
2. Turn the MENU knob and press
to select Manage Phones.
Deleting a Paired Phone
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.
2. Turn the MENU knob and press
to select Manage Phones.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the phone to be deleted.
4. Press the button below the
DROP screen button to
disconnect the highlighted
device.
5. Press the button below the
DELETE screen button to delete
the highlighted device.
6. A confirmation screen is
displayed. Press the button just
below the DELETE screen
button to confirm deletion.
Connecting to a Different Phone
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.
2. Turn the MENU knob and press
to select Manage Phones.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the phone to be connected.
4. Press the button just below the
CONNECT screen button to
connect to the highlighted
device.
Phone Menu
Once a phone is connected and
selected, the following may display:
Recent Calls: Turn the MENU
knob to highlight Recent Calls and
press to select.
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-33
Contacts: Turn the MENU knob to
highlight Contacts and press to
select.
Keypad: Turn the MENU knob to
highlight Keypad and press to
select.
Active Call: Turn the MENU knob
to highlight Active Call and press to
select and display the active call
screen.
Manage Phones: Turn the MENU
knob to highlight Manage Phones
and press to select.
Making a Call Using Contacts
and Recent Calls
For cell phones that support the
Contacts and Recent Calls feature,
the Bluetooth system can use the
contacts stored on your cell phone
to make calls. See your cell phone
manufacturer’s user guide or
contact your wireless provider to
find out if this feature is supported
by your phone.
If the phone prompts to allow phone
book download during the pairing
process, select Always Accept and
Allow. The phone book may not be
available if not accepted.
When a cell phone supports the
phone book feature, the Contacts
and Recent Calls menus are
automatically available.
The Contacts menu allows you to
access the phone book stored in the
cell phone to make a call.
The Recent Calls menu allows you
to access the phone numbers from
the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls,
and Missed Calls menus on the cell
phone to make a call.
To make a call using the
Contacts menu:
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
Contacts and press to select.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the contact and press to select.
4. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the desired number, then press
the MENU knob to call the
contact.
To make a call using the Recent
Calls menu:
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
Recent Calls and press to
select.
If necessary, select between
Missed, Recent, and Sent calls
by pressing the button below the
appropriate screen button.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the contact or the phone
number.
4. Press the MENU knob to call the
contact.
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-34 Infotainment System
Making a Call Using the
Keypad
To make a call:
1. From the Home Page, turn the
MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen
button.
2. Turn the MENU knob and press
to select Keypad.
3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the first digit and press to select.
Continue this process through
the number. To call, press the
button just below the CALL
screen button.
Accepting or Declining a Call
When an incoming call is received,
the infotainment system mutes and
a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.
Accepting a Call
To accept a call, press the button
just below the ANSWER screen
button.
Declining a Call
To decline a call, do one of the
following:
.Press the button just below the
IGNORE screen button.
.Do nothing.
Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
the wireless service carrier to work.
Accepting a Call Waiting Call
To accept a call waiting call, press
the button just below the SWITCH
screen button.
Declining a Call Waiting Call
To decline a call waiting call, do one
of the following:
.Press the button just below the
IGNORE screen button.
.Do nothing.
Ending a Call
To end a call, press the button just
below the END screen button.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
send numbers during a call. This is
used when calling a menu-driven
phone system.
1. When a call is active, press the
button just below the KEYPAD
screen button.
2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight
the first digit and press to select.
If not initially in the phone
application, from the Home Page,
turn the MENU knob, then press to
select the PHONE screen button.
From the PHONE main menu, turn
the MENU knob to highlight Active
Call and press to select.
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-35
Text Messaging
If equipped, the infotainment system
may allow text messages to be
received and replied to. Received
messages can also be read aloud.
Text Menu
Inbox: Select to display incoming
messages. To view a message,
select the name of the sender.
Select LISTEN to listen to the text
message. Press the oBACK button
on the faceplate to the
previous menu.
Settings: See “Text Settings”later
in this section.
Reply: Select to reply using a
predefined text message. See “Text
Settings.”
Call: Select to place a call to the
sender of the text message.
Viewing a Text Message
While viewing a text message:
.Select Reply to reply using a
predefined text message.
.Select Call to place a call to the
sender of the text message.
Viewing Sender Information
If equipped, select the name of the
sender to view sender information if
this information matches contact
information already stored.
Select a Predefined Message:
Select from a set of quick
messages. Select the message
to send.
Predefined Messages
These are short text messages that
can be used to send so responses
will not have to be typed.
The messages can be deleted or a
new message can be added.
To add a new message:
1. Select Text Settings, then select
Manage Predefined Messages.
2. While in the predefined
messages list view, select Add
New Predefined Message and a
keyboard displays.
3. Type a new message and select
NEW MSG when done to add
the message. Press the o
BACK button on faceplate to
go back to the predefined
messages list. Select zto
delete one character at a time.
Memory Full
This message may display if there is
no more room on the phone to store
messages.
Text Settings
Text Alerts: When on, this feature
will display an alert when a new text
message has been received. Select
on or off.
Manage Predefined Messages:
Select to add, change, or delete
predefined messages.
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-36 Infotainment System
Settings
Teen Driver
If equipped, Teen Driver allows keys
to be programmed with
customizable vehicle settings.
It limits some vehicle features and
prevents some systems, such as
Park Assist, if equipped, from being
turned off. It also displays a report
card of the driving behavior when a
Teen Driver key is used.
To activate or change the settings,
select Teen Driver from the Settings
menu. See Vehicle Personalization
on page 5-33. If no keys are
activated, the Teen Driver feature
will not record any Report
Card data.
A Personal Identification Number
(PIN) must be created using the
keypad. The PIN is required to:
.Register Keys.
.Change settings.
.Access or delete Report Card
data or Teen Driver settings.
Register or Unregister a Key
Any of the vehicle keys can be
registered as a Teen Driver key.
Label the key to tell it apart from the
other keys. A maximum of eight
keys can be registered. There is
one Report Card per vehicle.
After creating the PIN, to register or
unregister the key(s):
1. Have the vehicle running.
2. For automatic transmissions, the
vehicle must be in P (Park). For
manual transmissions, the
vehicle must be stopped with the
parking brake set.
3. Select Teen Driver from the
Settings menu.
4. Enter the PIN.
5. Select Key Registration.
The system will display instructions
for registering or unregistering
a key.
For Ignition Keyed System:
.If the key is not registered,
select Register and follow the
instructions. A message displays
to confirm successful
registration.
.If the key is already registered,
the option to unregister displays.
If Unregister is selected, the key
is no longer registered and a
confirmation displays.
For Pushbutton Start System:
Once Key Registration is selected,
the system detects whether there is
a transmitter key in the transmitter
pocket, which is in the center
console storage area or on the side
of the steering wheel column. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2-4.
.If no transmitter key is detected,
a message displays indicating to
place the transmitter key in the
transmitter pocket.
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-37
.If the transmitter key is in the
transmitter pocket, it will identify
whether the transmitter key is
registered or unregistered.
.If the transmitter key is not
registered, a message
displays requesting
confirmation to register.
Select Register and follow
the instructions. A message
displays to confirm
successful registration.
.If the transmitter key is
already registered, the
option to unregister
displays. If Unregister is
selected, the transmitter
key is no longer registered
and a confirmation displays.
In vehicles with a Pushbutton start
system, if a Teen Driver transmitter
key and a non-Teen Driver
transmitter key are both present at
start up, the vehicle will recognize
the non-Teen Driver transmitter key
to start the vehicle. The Teen Driver
settings will not be active.
Manage Settings
The PIN can be used to change
these settings:
Audio Volume Limit: Allows a
maximum radio volume to be set.
Teen Driver Speed Warning:
Allows a warning to be set when a
selected speed is exceeded.
Teen Driver Speed Limiter:
If equipped, this allows the
maximum speed limit of the vehicle
to be set.
The following cannot be changed:
.The radio will mute when the
driver safety belt is not fastened,
and in some vehicles, when the
safety belt of a front outboard
passenger is not fastened.
.Other vehicle features, such as
Park Assist, if equipped, cannot
be turned off when the Teen
Driver setting is in use.
Delete Report Card Data
The Report Card continues to save
data for all trips until the data is
deleted using the PIN.
To delete Report Card data:
.Select Reset from the Report
Card screen.
.Select Clear All Teen Keys/PIN
from the Teen Driver menu.
Forgotten PIN
See your dealer to reset the PIN.
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-38 Infotainment System
Trademarks and
License Agreements
FCC Information
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-12.
"Made for iPod" and "Made for
iPhone" mean that an electronic
accessory has been designed to
connect specifically to iPod or
iPhone and has been certified by
the developer to meet Apple
performance standards. Apple is not
responsible for the operation of this
device or its compliance with safety
and regulatory standards. Please
note that the use of this accessory
with iPod or iPhone may affect
wireless performance. iPhone
®
,
iPod
®
, iPod classic
®
, iPod nano
®
,
iPod shuffle
®
, and iPod touch
®
are
trademarks of Apple Inc., registered
in the U.S. and other countries.
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
taxes, one time activation fee, and
other fees may apply. Subscription
fee is consumer only. All fees and
programming subject to change.
Subscriptions subject to Customer
Agreement available at
www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM
®
service only available in the
48 contiguous United States and
Canada.
In Canada: Some deterioration of
service may occur in extreme
northern latitudes. This is beyond
the control of SiriusXM
®
Satellite
Radio.
Explicit Language Notice: Channels
with frequent explicit language are
indicated with an “XL”preceding the
channel name. Channel blocking is
available for SiriusXM Satellite
Radio receivers by notifying
SiriusXM:
.USA Customers —See
www.siriusxm.com or call
1-866-635–2349.
.Canadian Customers —See
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
disassemble, reverse engineer,
hack, manipulate, or otherwise
make available any technology or
software incorporated in receivers
compatible with the SiriusXM
®
Satellite Radio System or that
support the SiriusXM website, the
Online Service or any of its content.
Furthermore, the AMBER voice
compression software included in
this product is protected by
intellectual property rights including
Black plate (39,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-39
patent rights, copyrights, and trade
secrets of Digital Voice
Systems, Inc.
General Requirements:
1. A License Agreement from
SiriusXM
®
is required for any
product that incorporates
SiriusXM Technology and/or for
use of any of the SiriusXM
marks to be manufactured,
distributed, or marketed in the
SiriusXM Service Area.
2. For products to be distributed,
marketed, and/or sold in
Canada, a separate agreement
is required with Canadian
Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as
SiriusXM Canada).
Other Information
The Bluetooth
®
word mark and
logos are owned by the Bluetooth
®
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
by General Motors is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
Schedule I: Gracenote EULA
Music recognition technology and
related data are provided by
Gracenote
®
. Gracenote is the
industry standard in music
recognition technology and related
content delivery. For more
information visit
www.gracenote.com.
Music-related data from Gracenote,
Inc., copyright © 2000 to present
Gracenote. Gracenote Software,
copyright © 2000 to present
Gracenote. One or more patents
owned by Gracenote may apply to
this product and service. See the
Gracenote website for a
non-exhaustive list of applicable
Gracenote patents. Gracenote,
CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the
Gracenote logo and logotype, and
the "Powered by Gracenote" logo
are either registered trademarks or
trademarks of Gracenote in the
United States and/or other
countries.
Gracenote Terms of Use
This application or device contains
software from Gracenote, Inc. of
Emeryville, California ("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this
application to do disc or file
identification and obtain
music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title
information ("Gracenote Data") from
online servers or embedded
databases (collectively, "Gracenote
Servers") and to perform other
functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended
End-User functions of this
application or device.
This application or device may
contain content belonging to
Gracenote’s providers. If so, all of
Black plate (40,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-40 Infotainment System
the restrictions set forth herein with
respect to Gracenote Data shall
also apply to such content and such
content providers shall be entitled to
all of the benefits and protections
set forth herein that are available to
Gracenote.
You agree that you will use
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers
for your own personal
non-commercial use only. You agree
not to assign, copy, transfer or
transmit the Gracenote Software or
any Gracenote Data to any third
party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE
OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA,
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE,
OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY
PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive
license to use the Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if
you violate these restrictions. If your
license terminates, you agree to
cease any and all use of the
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote reserves all rights in
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and the Gracenote
Servers, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will
Gracenote become liable for any
payment to you for any information
that you provide. You agree that
Gracenote may enforce its rights
under this Agreement against you
directly in its own name.
The Gracenote service uses a
unique identifier to track queries for
statistical purposes. The purpose of
a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow the Gracenote
service to count queries without
knowing anything about who you
are. For more information, see the
web page for the Gracenote Privacy
Policy for the Gracenote service.
The Gracenote Software and each
item of Gracenote Data are licensed
to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no
representations or warranties,
express or implied, regarding the
accuracy of any Gracenote Data.
Gracenote reserves the right to
delete data from the Gracenote
Servers or to change data
categories for any cause that
Gracenote deems sufficient. No
warranty is made that the Gracenote
Software or Gracenote Servers are
error-free or that functioning of
Gracenote Software or Gracenote
Servers will be uninterrupted.
Gracenote is not obligated to
provide you with new enhanced or
additional data types or categories
that Gracenote may provide in the
future and is free to discontinue its
services at any time.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.
GRACENOTE DOES NOT
WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT
WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR
Black plate (41,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-41
USE OF THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO
CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE
LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR
ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST
REVENUES.
© 2013. Gracenote, Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
PANDORA
PANDORA, the PANDORA logo,
and the Pandora trade dress are
trademarks or registered trademarks
of Pandora Media, Inc. Used with
permission.
Unicode
Copyright © 1991-2013 Unicode,
Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed
under the Terms of Use in
http://www.unicode.org/
copyright.html.
Free Type Project
Portions of this software are
copyright © 2013 The FreeType
Project (http://www.freetype.org).
All rights reserved.
iType
iType is a trademark of Monotype
Imaging Inc. registered in the U.S.
Patent & Trademark Office and may
be registered in certain other
jurisdictions.
Open Source SW
The open source code used in this
device can be downloaded at the
webpage shown in the information
at the center stack display. Further
information concerning the OSS
licenses is shown in the center
stack display.
QNX
Portions of this software are
copyright © 2008-2013, QNX
Software Systems. All rights
reserved.
Part C –EULA
Copyright 2013, Software Systems
GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights
Reserved.
The product you have purchased
("Product") contains Software
(Runtime Configuration No. 505962;
"Software") which is distributed by
or on behalf of the Product
manufacturer "Manufacturer") under
license from Software Systems Co.
("QSSC"). You may only use the
Software in the Product and in
compliance with the license terms
below.
Subject to the terms and conditions
of this License, QSSC hereby
grants you a limited, non-exclusive,
non-transferable license to use the
Software in the Product for the
purpose intended by the
Manufacturer. If permitted by the
Manufacturer, or by applicable law,
you may make one backup copy of
the Software as part of the Product
software. QSSC and its licensors
reserve all license+C31 rights not
Black plate (42,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-42 Infotainment System
expressly granted herein, and retain
all right, title and interest in and to
all copies of the Software, including
all intellectual property rights
therein. Unless required by
applicable law you may not
reproduce, distribute or transfer,
or de-compile, disassemble or
otherwise attempt to unbundle,
reverse engineer, modify or create
derivative works of, the Software.
You agree: (1) not to remove, cover
or alter any proprietary notices,
labels or marks in or on the
Software, and to ensure that all
copies bear any notice contained on
the original; and (2) not to export the
Product or the Software in
contravention of applicable export
control laws.
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS
LICENSORS PROVIDE THE
SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR
CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND,
EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES
OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE,
NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER
PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE
MANUFACTURER OR ITS
DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER
FROM THIS LICENSE ARE
OFFERED BY THE
MANUFACTURER OR ITS
DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND
NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES
OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU
ASSUME ANY RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE
OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS
LICENSE.
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT
OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY
APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN
THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR
GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN
NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS
AFFILIATES OR THEIR
LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU
UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY,
WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR
OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY DIRECT,
INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL,
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS
A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY
TO USE THE PRODUCT
(INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF
GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE,
PRODUCT FAILURE OR
MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES
OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS
AFFILIATES OR THEIR
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Black plate (43,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Infotainment System 7-43
WMA
This product is protected by certain
intellectual property rights of
Microsoft. Use or distribution of
such technology outside of this
product is prohibited without a
license from Microsoft.
For more information on the
Software, including any open source
software license terms (and
available source code) as well as
copyright attributions applicable to
the Runtime Configuration indicated
above, please contact the
Manufacturer or contact QSSC at
175 Terence Matthews Crescent,
Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8
(licensing@qnx.com).
END USER NOTICE
The marks of companies displayed
by this product to indicate business
locations are the marks of their
respective owners. The use of such
marks in this product does not imply
any sponsorship, approval,
or endorsement by such companies
of this product.
Black plate (44,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
7-44 Infotainment System
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter......................... 8-7
Climate Control Systems
With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled.
1. Fan Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. Defrost
5. TEMP (Temperature Control)
6. Air Recirculation
7. Rear Window Defogger (If
Equipped)
Outside Air (If Equipped)
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
8-2 Climate Controls
TEMP (Temperature Control):
Turn clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease the
temperature inside the vehicle.
9(Fan Control): Turn clockwise
or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Turn the
knob all the way counterclockwise
to turn the fan off.
Air Delivery Mode Control: Press
Y,\,[, or -to change the
direction of the airflow. An indicator
light comes on in the selected mode
button.
Y(Vent): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
\(Bi-Level): Air is divided
between the instrument panel and
floor outlets.
[(Floor): Air is directed to the
floor outlets, with some air directed
to the windshield, outboard
instrument panel and side window
outlets.
-(Defog): This mode clears the
windows of fog or moisture. Air is
directed to the windshield, with
some air directed to the floor and
outboard instrument panel outlets,
and side window vents.
0(Defrost): Press to clear the
windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield and side window vents,
with some air directed to the
outboard instrument panel. The
system automatically forces outside
air into the vehicle and the air
conditioning compressor will run,
unless the outside temperature is
close to freezing.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.
See Air Vents on page 8-6.
@(Recirculation): Press to turn
on recirculation. An indicator light
comes on. Air is recirculated to
quickly cool the inside of the
vehicle. It can also be used to help
reduce outside air and odors that
enter the vehicle.
8(Outside Air, (If Equipped)):
Press to turn on outside air. An
indicator light comes on. Outside air
is circulated throughout the vehicle.
A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to
turn the air conditioning system on
or off. An indicator light comes on to
show that the air conditioning is
enabled. If the fan is turned off, the
air conditioner will not run. The A/C
light will stay on even if the outside
temperatures are below freezing.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Climate Controls 8-3
Rear Window Defogger
K(Rear Window Defogger, (If
Equipped)): Press to turn the rear
window defogger on or off. An
indicator light on the button comes
on to show that the rear window
defogger is on.
The rear window defogger only
works when the ignition is in ON/
RUN. The defogger also turns off if
the ignition is turned to ACC/
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
{Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
Automatic Climate Control System
With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can
be controlled.
1. Fan Control
2. A/C (Air Conditioning)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. Defrost
5. Temperature Control
6. Power Button
7. Air Recirculation
8. Rear Window Defogger
9. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls
the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
8-4 Climate Controls
When the indicator light is on, the
system is in full automatic operation.
If the air delivery mode or fan
setting is manually adjusted, the
auto indicator turns off and displays
will show the selected settings.
To place the system in
automatic mode:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature.
To find your comfort setting, start
with 22°C (72°F) and allow the
system time to stabilize. Then
adjust the temperature as
needed for best comfort.
To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
may be automatically selected in
warm weather.
The recirculation light will not come
on when automatically controlled.
Press @to manually select
recirculation; press it again to select
outside air.
Do not cover the solar sensor on the
top of the instrument panel near the
windshield. This sensor regulates
air temperature based on sun load.
See “Sensors”later in this section.
Manual Operation
O(On/Off): Press Oto turn the
climate control system on or off.
Outside air still enters the vehicle,
and is directed to the floor. This
direction can be changed by
pressing the air delivery mode.
A(Fan Control): Turn clockwise
or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Press the
knob to turn the fan off.
Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
Temperature Control: Turn the
knob clockwise or counterclockwise
to increase or decrease temperature
setting.
Air Delivery Mode Controls:
Press Y,\,[, or -to change
the direction of the airflow. An
indicator light comes on in the
selected mode button.
Changing the mode cancels the
automatic operation and the system
goes into manual mode. Press
AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
Y(Vent): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
\(Bi-Level): Air is divided
between the instrument panel and
floor outlets. Some air is directed
toward the windshield and side
window outlets.
[(Floor): Air is directed to the
floor outlets, with some to the
windshield, outboard instrument
panel outlets, side window outlets,
and second row floor outlets.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Climate Controls 8-5
-(Defog): This mode clears the
windows of fog or moisture. Air is
directed to the windshield, floor
outlets, outboard instrument panel
outlets and side window vents. The
system automatically forces outside
air into the vehicle and the air
conditioning compressor will run,
unless the outside temperature is
close to freezing.
0(Defrost): Press to clear the
windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield and the side window
vents, with some air directed to the
outboard instrument panel outlets.
The system automatically forces
outside air into the vehicle and the
air conditioning compressor will run,
unless the outside temperature is
below freezing.
Do not drive the vehicle until all
windows are clear.
See Air Vents on page 8-6.
A/C (Air Conditioning): Press to
turn the air conditioning system on
or off. An indicator light comes on to
show that the air conditioning is
enabled. The A/C light will stay on
even if the outside temperatures are
below freezing. If the fan is turned
off, the air conditioner will not run.
@(Recirculation): Press to turn
on recirculation. An indicator light
comes on. Air is recirculated to
quickly cool the inside of the
vehicle. It can also be used to help
reduce outside air and odors that
enter the vehicle. The air
conditioning compressor also comes
on when this mode is activated.
Auto Defog: The climate control
system may have a sensor to
automatically detect high humidity
inside the vehicle. When high
humidity is detected, the climate
control system may adjust to
outside air supply and turn on the
air conditioner. If the climate control
system does not detect possible
window fogging, it returns to normal
operation. To turn Auto Defog off or
on, see “Climate and Air Quality”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5-33.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
8-6 Climate Controls
Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.
K(Rear Window Defogger):
Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off. An indicator light
on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on.
The rear window defogger only
works when the ignition is in ON/
RUN. The defogger also turns off if
the ignition is turned to ACC/
ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.
{Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
Heated Mirror: If equipped with
heated outside rearview mirrors, the
mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost
from the surface of the mirror when
the rear window defog button is
pressed. See Heated Mirrors on
page 2-14.
Air Vents
Adjustable air vents are in the
center and on the side of the
instrument panel. Use the sliding
knobs on the air vents to change
the direction of the airflow. Slide the
knob up or down to open or close
off the airflow.
Air vents blow warm air on the side
windows in cold weather. If Floor,
Defog, or Defrost modes are
selected, a small amount of air will
come from the vents close to the
window. If the airflow is shut off
using the sliding knobs, warm air
will be directed to the other
instrument panel vents. This is
normal operation.
Use the sliding knobs to turn vent
airflow on or off based on the mode
selected.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Climate Controls 8-7
Operation Tips
.Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
.Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively.
.Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The passenger compartment air
filter reduces dust, pollen, and other
airborne irritants from outside air
that is pulled into the vehicle. The
filter will need to be replaced
periodically. See Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-3.
Using the climate control system
without an air filter installed is not
recommended. Water or other
debris could enter the system and
result in leaks or noises. Always
install a new filter when removing
the old filter.
For more information on filter
replacement, see your dealer.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
8-8 Climate Controls
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-1
Driving and
Operating
Driving Information
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . 9-10
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-11
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-13
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Truck-Camper Loading
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-21
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . . 9-25
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Running the Vehicle While
Parked ..................... 9-30
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-30
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Manual Transmission
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . 9-35
Drive Systems
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . 9-43
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Hill Descent
Control (HDC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Driver Assistance Systems
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-55
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-2 Driving and Operating
Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-61
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-64
Trailer Sway
Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-66
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67
Driving Information
Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.
To avoid distracted driving, always
keep your eyes on the road, hands
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
.Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
.Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
.Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
.Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.
.Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.
.Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.
.Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.
.Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-3
{Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
system and the navigation system,
if equipped, including pairing and
using a cell phone.
Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.”The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on
page 3-9.
.Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.
.Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
.Focus on the task of driving.
Drunk Driving
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
{Warning
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious —or even
fatal —collision if you drive after
drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.
Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.
Braking
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
.Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
.Avoid needless heavy braking.
.Keep pace with traffic.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-4 Driving and Operating
If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.
Steering
Electric Power Steering
The vehicle has electric power
steering. It does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance
is not required.
If power steering assist is lost due
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered, but may require
increased effort.
See your dealer if there is a
problem.
If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel and is
held against that position for an
extended period of time, power
steering assist may be reduced.
If the steering assist is used for an
extended period of time, power
assist may be reduced.
Normal use of the power steering
assist should return when the
system cools down.
See specific vehicle steering
messages under Steering System
Messages on page 5-31. See your
dealer if there is a problem.
Curve Tips
.Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
.Reduce speed before entering a
curve.
.Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve.
.Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies
.There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.
.Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.
.The Antilock Brake System
(ABS) allows steering while
braking.
Off-Road Recovery
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-5
The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.
Loss of Control
Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
.Braking Skid —wheels are not
rolling.
.Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
.Acceleration Skid —too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
.Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
.Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues —such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface —and slow
down when you have any doubt.
.Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.
Off-Road Driving
Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be
used for off-road driving. Vehicles
without four-wheel drive and
vehicles not equipped with All
Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR)
tires must not be driven off-road
except on a level, solid surface.
For contact information about the
original equipment tires, see the
warranty manual.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-6 Driving and Operating
One of the best ways for successful
off-road driving is to control the
speed.
{Warning
When driving off-road, bouncing
and quick changes in direction
can easily throw you out of
position. This could cause you to
lose control and crash. You and
your passengers should always
wear safety belts.
Before Driving Off-Road
.Have all necessary maintenance
and service work completed.
.Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,
and check inflation pressure in
all tires, including the spare,
if equipped.
.Read all the information about
four-wheel-drive vehicles in this
manual.
.Remove any underbody air
deflector, if equipped. Re-attach
the air deflector after off-road
driving.
.See Hill Descent Control (HDC)
on page 9-45
.Know the local laws that apply to
off-road driving.
To gain more ground clearance if
needed, it may be necessary to
remove the front fascia lower air
dam. However, driving without the
air dam reduces fuel economy.
{Caution
Operating the vehicle for
extended periods without the front
fascia lower air dam installed can
cause improper air flow to the
engine. Re-attach the front fascia
air dam after off-road driving.
Loading the Vehicle for
Off-Road Driving
{Warning
.Unsecured cargo on the load
floor can be tossed about
when driving over rough
terrain. You or your
passengers can be struck by
flying objects. Secure the
cargo properly.
.Keep cargo in the cargo area
as far forward and as low as
possible. The heaviest things
should be on the floor,
forward of the rear axle.
.Heavy loads on the roof raise
the vehicle's center of gravity,
making it more likely to roll
over. You can be seriously or
fatally injured if the vehicle
rolls over. Put heavy loads
inside the cargo area, not on
the roof.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-7
For more information about loading
the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-14 and Tires on
page 10-40.
Environmental Concerns
.Always use established trails,
roads, and areas that have been
set aside for public off-road
recreational driving and obey all
posted regulations.
.Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
trees, or grasses or disturb
wildlife.
.Do not park over things that
burn. See Parking over Things
That Burn on page 9-29.
Driving on Hills
Driving safely on hills requires good
judgment and an understanding of
what the vehicle can and cannot do.
{Warning
Many hills are simply too steep
for any vehicle. Driving up hills
can cause the vehicle to stall.
Driving down hills can cause loss
of control. Driving across hills can
cause a rollover. You could be
injured or killed. Do not drive on
steep hills.
Before driving on a hill, assess the
steepness, traction, and
obstructions. If the terrain ahead
cannot be seen, get out of the
vehicle and walk the hill before
driving further.
When driving on hills:
.Use a low gear and keep a firm
grip on the steering wheel.
.Maintain a slow speed.
.When possible, drive straight up
or down the hill.
.Slow down when approaching
the top of the hill.
.Use headlamps even during the
day to make the vehicle more
visible.
{Warning
Driving to the top of a hill at high
speed can cause an accident.
There could be a drop-off,
embankment, cliff, or even
another vehicle. You could be
seriously injured or killed. As you
near the top of a hill, slow down
and stay alert.
.Never go downhill forward or
backward with either the
transmission or transfer case in
N (Neutral). The brakes could
overheat and you could lose
control.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-8 Driving and Operating
{Warning
If the vehicle has the two‐speed
automatic transfer case, shifting
the transfer case to N (Neutral)
can cause your vehicle to roll
even if the transmission is in
P (Park). This is because the
N (Neutral) position on the
transfer case overrides the
transmission. You or someone
else could be injured. If leaving
the vehicle, set the parking brake
and shift the transmission to
P (Park). Shift the transfer case to
any position but N (Neutral).
.When driving down a hill, keep
the vehicle headed straight
down. Use a low gear because
the engine will work with the
brakes to slow the vehicle and
help keep the vehicle under
control.
{Warning
Heavy braking when going down
a hill can cause your brakes to
overheat and fade. This could
cause loss of control and you or
others could be injured or killed.
Apply the brakes lightly when
descending a hill and use a low
gear to keep vehicle speed under
control.
If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
1. Apply the brakes to stop the
vehicle, and then apply the
parking brake.
2. Shift into P (Park) and then
restart the engine.
.If driving uphill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to
R (Reverse), release the
parking brake, and back
straight down.
.Never try to turn the vehicle
around. If the hill is steep
enough to stall the vehicle,
it is steep enough to cause
it to roll over.
.If you cannot make it up the
hill, back straight down
the hill.
.Never back down a hill in
N (Neutral) using only the
brake. The vehicle can roll
backward quickly and you
could lose control.
.If driving downhill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to a
lower gear, release the
parking brake, and drive
straight down the hill.
3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted
after stalling, set the parking
brake, shift into P (Park), and
turn the vehicle off.
3.1. Leave the vehicle and
seek help.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-9
3.2. Stay clear of the path the
vehicle would take if it
rolled downhill.
.Avoid turns that take the vehicle
across the incline of the hill.
A hill that can be driven straight
up or down might be too steep to
drive across. Driving across an
incline puts more weight on the
downhill wheels, which could
cause a downhill slide or a
rollover.
.Surface conditions can be a
problem. Loose gravel, muddy
spots, or even wet grass can
cause the tires to slip sideways,
downhill. If the vehicle slips
sideways, it can hit something
that will trip it —a rock, a rut,
etc. —and roll over.
.Hidden obstacles can make the
steepness of the incline more
severe. If a rock is driven across
with the uphill wheels, or if the
downhill wheels drop into a rut
or depression, the vehicle can tilt
even more.
.If an incline must be driven
across, and the vehicle starts to
slide, turn downhill. This should
help straighten out the vehicle
and prevent the side slipping.
{Warning
Getting out of the vehicle on the
downhill side when stopped
across an incline is dangerous.
If the vehicle rolls over, you could
be crushed or killed. Always get
out on the uphill side of the
vehicle and stay well clear of the
rollover path.
Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
or Ice
Use a low gear when driving in
mud —the deeper the mud, the
lower the gear. Keep the vehicle
moving to avoid getting stuck.
Traction changes when driving on
sand. On loose sand, such as on
beaches or sand dunes, the tires
tend to sink into the sand.
This affects steering, accelerating,
and braking. Drive at a reduced
speed and avoid sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers.
Traction is reduced on hard packed
snow and ice and it is easy to lose
control. Reduce vehicle speed when
driving on hard packed snow
and ice.
{Warning
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
conditions vary greatly and the
vehicle could fall through the ice;
you and your passengers could
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
surfaces only.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-10 Driving and Operating
Driving in Water
{Warning
Driving through rushing water can
be dangerous. Deep water can
sweep your vehicle downstream
and you and your passengers
could drown. If it is only shallow
water, it can still wash away the
ground from under your tires.
Traction could be lost, and the
vehicle could roll over. Do not
drive through rushing water.
{Caution
Do not drive through standing
water if it is deep enough to cover
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
pipe. Deep water can damage the
axle and other vehicle parts.
If the standing water is not too deep,
drive slowly through it. At faster
speeds, water splashes and the
vehicle can stall. When going
through water, the brakes get wet
and it may take longer to stop. See
“Driving on Wet Roads”later in this
section.
After Off-Road Driving
Remove any brush or debris that
has collected on the underbody or
chassis, or under the hood. These
accumulations can be a fire hazard.
After operation in mud or sand,
have the brake linings cleaned and
checked. These substances can
cause glazing and uneven braking.
Check the body structure, steering,
suspension, wheels, tires, and
exhaust system for damage and
check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage.
More frequent maintenance service
is required. See the Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-3.
Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep‐standing or flowing water.
{Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
(Continued)
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-11
Warning (Continued)
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
.Allow extra following distance.
.Pass with caution.
.Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.
.Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.
.Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires on
page 10-40.
.Turn off cruise control.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for
driving in these conditions include:
.Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
.Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
.Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.
{Warning
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking.
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.
{Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering. Always have the
engine running and the vehicle
in gear.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-12 Driving and Operating
.Stay in your own lane. Do not
swing wide or cut across the
center of the road. Drive at
speeds that let you stay in your
own lane.
.Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(stalled car, accident).
.Pay attention to special road
signs (falling rocks area, winding
roads, long grades, passing or
no-passing zones) and take
appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Drive carefully when there is snow
or ice between the tires and the
road, creating less traction or grip.
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C
(32°F) when freezing rain begins to
fall, resulting in even less traction.
Avoid driving on wet ice or in
freezing rain until roads can be
treated with salt or sand.
Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so
traction is not lost. Accelerating too
quickly causes the wheels to spin
and makes the surface under the
tires slick, so there is even less
traction.
Traction Control should be turned
on. See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control on page 9-43.
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
improves vehicle stability during
hard stops on slippery roads, but
apply the brakes sooner than when
on dry pavement. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) on page 9-41.
Allow greater following distance on
any slippery road and watch for
slippery spots. Icy patches can
occur on otherwise clear roads in
shaded areas. The surface of a
curve or an overpass can remain icy
when the surrounding roads are
clear. Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
Turn off cruise control on slippery
surfaces.
Blizzard Conditions
Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the
vehicle unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program on page 13-5.
To get help and keep everyone in
the vehicle safe:
.Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.
{Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
(Continued)
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-13
Warning (Continued)
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
.Clear away snow from around
the base of your vehicle,
especially any that is blocking
the exhaust pipe.
.Check again from time to
time to be sure snow does
not collect there.
.Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the side of the
vehicle that is away from the
wind to bring in fresh air.
.Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
.Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
circulates the air inside the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
vehicle and set the fan speed
to the highest setting. See
“Climate Control Systems.”
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9-29.
To save fuel, run the engine for only
short periods as needed to warm
the vehicle and then shut the engine
off and close the window most of
the way to save heat. Repeat this
until help arrives but only when you
feel really uncomfortable from the
cold. Moving about to keep warm
also helps.
If it takes some time for help to
arrive, now and then when you run
the engine, push the accelerator
pedal slightly so the engine runs
faster than the idle speed. This
keeps the battery charged to restart
the vehicle and to signal for help
with the headlamps. Do this as little
as possible to save fuel.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It
Out”later in this section.
The Traction Control System (TCS)
can often help to free a stuck
vehicle. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control on
page 9-43. If TCS cannot free the
vehicle, see “Rocking the Vehicle to
Get it Out”following.
{Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-14 Driving and Operating
For information about using tire
chains on the vehicle, see Tire
Chains on page 10-61.
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
It Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. For four-wheel-drive
vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive
High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back
and forth between R (Reverse) and
a forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in
the forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. See
Towing the Vehicle on page 10-76.
Recovery hooks can be used, if the
vehicle has them.
Recovery Hooks
{Warning
Never pull on recovery hooks
from the side. The hooks could
break and you and others could
be injured. When using recovery
hooks, always pull the vehicle
from the front.
{Caution
Do not drive through standing
water if it is deep enough to cover
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
pipe. Deep water can damage the
axle and other vehicle parts.
There are recovery hooks at the
front of the vehicle. Use them if the
vehicle is stuck off-road and needs
to be pulled some place to continue
driving.
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-15
Two labels on the vehicle show
how much weight it was
designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.
{Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Tire and Loading Information
Label
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the B-pillar or on the
forward edge of the rear door.
The Tire and Loading
Information label shows the
number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds.
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommended
cold tire inflation pressures (4).
For more information on tires
and inflation see Tires on
page 10-40 and Tire Pressure
on page 10-48.
There is also important loading
information on the vehicle
Certification/Tire label. It tells
you the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
the front and rear axles. See
“Certification/Tire Label”later in
this section.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-16 Driving and Operating
“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit–
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the "XXX"
amount equals 1400 lbs. and
there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150)
= 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual
to determine how this
reduces the available cargo
and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle.”
See Trailer Towing on page 9-61
for important information on
towing a trailer, towing safety
rules, and trailering tips.
Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 1 = (453 kg)
(1,000 lb)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lb) × 2 = 136 kg
(300 lb)
3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lb)
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-17
Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lb)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
68 kg (150 lb) × 5 = 340 kg
(750 lb)
3. Available Cargo Weight =
113 kg (250 lb)
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lb)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight @
91 kg (200 lb) × 5 = 453 kg
(1,000 lb)
3. Available Cargo Weight =
0 kg (0 lb)
Refer to the Tire and Loading
Information label for specific
information about the vehicle's
capacity weight and seating
positions. The combined weight
of the driver, passengers, and
cargo should never exceed the
vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification/Tire Label
A vehicle-specific Certification/
Tire label is attached to the
B-pillar or on the forward edge
of the rear door. The label
shows the size of the vehicle's
original tires and the inflation
pressures needed to obtain the
gross weight capacity of the
vehicle. This is called Gross
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-18 Driving and Operating
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
The GVWR includes the weight
of the vehicle, all occupants,
fuel, and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label also
tells you the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To find out the
actual loads on the front and
rear axles, you need to go to a
weigh station and weigh the
vehicle. Your dealer can help
you with this. Be sure to spread
out the load equally on both
sides of the centerline.
Never exceed the GVWR for the
vehicle, or the GAWR for either
the front or rear axle.
The Certification/Tire label also
contains important information
about the Front Axle Reserve
Capacity.
{Warning
In the case of a sudden stop
or collision, things carried in
the bed of your truck could
shift forward and come into
the passenger area, injuring
you and others. If you put
things in the bed of your truck,
you should make sure they
are properly secured.
{Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
{Caution
Overloading the vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
Using heavier suspension
components to get added
durability might not change the
weight ratings. Ask your dealer
to help load the vehicle the
right way.
If you put things inside the
vehicle —like suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything
else —they go as fast as the
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-19
vehicle goes. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, they will keep going.
{Warning
Things you put inside the
vehicle can strike and injure
people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash.
.Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. Try to
spread the weight evenly.
.Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.
.Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure
it whenever you can.
.Do not leave a seat folded
down unless you need to.
There is also important loading
information for off-road driving in
this manual. See “Loading the
Vehicle for Off-Road Driving“
under Off-Road Driving on
page 9-5.
Two-Tiered Loading
Depending on the model of the
pickup, an upper load platform
can be created by positioning
three or four 5 cm (2 in) by
15 cm (6 in) wooden planks
across the width of the pickup
box. The planks must be
inserted in the pickup box
depressions.
When using this upper load
platform, be sure the load is
securely tied down to prevent it
from shifting. The load's center
of gravity should be positioned
in a zone over the rear axle.
The zone is located in the area
between the front of each wheel
well and the rear of each wheel
well. The center of gravity height
must not extend above the top
of the pickup box flareboard.
Any load that extends beyond
the vehicle's taillamp area must
be properly marked according to
local laws and regulations.
Remember not to exceed the
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) of the front or
rear axle.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-20 Driving and Operating
Add-On Equipment
When carrying removable items,
a limit on how many people
carried inside the vehicle may
be necessary. Be sure to weigh
the vehicle before buying and
installing the new equipment.
{Caution
Overloading the vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
Remember not to exceed the
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) of the front or
rear axle.
* Equipment
Maximum
Weight
Ladder Rack
and Cargo
340 kg (750 lb)
Cross Toolbox
and Cargo
181 kg (400 lb)
Side Boxes
and Cargo
113 kg per
side (250 lb
per side)
* The combined weight for all
rail-mounted equipment should
not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb).
Loading Points
1. Primary Load Points
2. Secondary Load Areas
3. GM Approved Accessory
Mounting Points
Structural members (1) and (2) are
included in the pickup box design.
Additional accessories should use
these load points. Depending on the
accessory design, use a spacer
under the accessory at the load
points to remove gap. The holes for
GM approved accessories (3) are
not intended for aftermarket
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-21
equipment. See www.gmupfitter.com
for additional pickup box load
bearing structural information.
Truck-Camper Loading
Information
The vehicle was neither
designed nor intended to carry a
slide-in type camper.
{Caution
Adding a slide-in camper or
similar equipment to the vehicle
can damage it, and the repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Do not install a
slide-in camper or similar
equipment on the vehicle.
Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
{Caution
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if
you follow these guidelines:
.Keep the vehicle speed at
88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
the first 805 km (500 mi).
.Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
.Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
.Do not tow a trailer during
break-in. See Trailer Towing
on page 9-61 for the trailer
towing capabilities of the
vehicle and more information.
Following break-in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-22 Driving and Operating
Ignition Positions
The ignition switch has four different
positions.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY and the regular brake
pedal must be applied.
1 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/
OFF): When the vehicle is stopped,
turn the ignition switch to LOCK/
OFF to turn the engine off. Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) on page 9-25.
This position locks the ignition and
steering wheel. It also locks the
transmission on automatic
transmission vehicles. The key can
be removed in LOCK/OFF.
The steering can bind with the
wheels turned off center. If this
happens, move the steering wheel
from right to left while turning the
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this
does not work, then the vehicle
needs service.
Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to neutral. This
can be done while the vehicle is
moving. After shifting to neutral,
continue to firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to a
safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
to P (Park) with an automatic
transmission, or Neutral with a
manual transmission. Turn the
ignition to LOCK/OFF.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake on page 9-42.
{Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
and must be shut off while driving,
turn the ignition to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-23
On vehicles with an automatic
transmission, the shift lever must be
in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch
to LOCK/OFF.
{Caution
Using a tool to force the key to
turn in the ignition could cause
damage to the switch or break the
key. Use the correct key, make
sure it is all the way in, and turn it
only with your hand. If the key
cannot be turned by hand, see
your dealer.
2 (ACC/ACCESSORY): This
position lets things like the radio
and the windshield wipers operate
while the engine is off. It also
unlocks the steering wheel. Use this
position if the vehicle must be
pushed or towed.
3 (ON/RUN): This position can be
used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
instrument cluster warning and
indicator lights. This position can
also be used for service and
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction
indicator lamp as may be required
for emission inspection purposes.
The switch stays in this position
when the engine is running. The
transmission is also unlocked in this
position on automatic transmission
vehicles.
If the key is left in the ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position
with the engine off, the battery could
be drained. The vehicle may not
start if the battery is allowed to drain
for an extended period of time.
4 (START): This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine
starts, release the key. The ignition
switch returns to ON/RUN for
driving.
A warning tone will sound when the
driver door is opened, the ignition is
in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/
OFF, and the key is in the ignition.
Starting the Engine
{Caution
If you add electrical parts or
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
on page 9-67.
Place the transmission in the
proper gear.
Automatic Transmission
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The engine will not start
in any other position. To restart the
engine when the vehicle is already
moving, use N (Neutral) only.
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-24 Driving and Operating
{Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Manual Transmission
The shift lever should be in Neutral
and the parking brake engaged.
Hold the clutch pedal down to the
floor and start the engine. The
vehicle will not start if the clutch
pedal is not all the way down.
Starting Procedure
1. With your foot off the accelerator
pedal, turn the ignition key to
START. When the engine starts,
let go of the key. The idle speed
will go down as the engine gets
warm. Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.
Operate the engine and
transmission gently to allow the
oil to warm up and lubricate all
moving parts.
The vehicle has a
Computer-Controlled Cranking
System. This feature assists in
starting the engine and protects
components. If the ignition key is
turned to the START position,
and then released when the
engine begins cranking, the
engine will continue cranking for
a few seconds or until the
vehicle starts. If the engine does
not start and the key is held in
START for many seconds,
cranking will be stopped after
15 seconds to prevent cranking
motor damage. To prevent gear
damage, this system also
prevents cranking if the engine
is already running. Engine
cranking can be stopped by
turning the ignition switch to the
ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/
OFF position.
{Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by returning the
ignition to the START position
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
especially in very cold weather
(below −18°C or 0°F), it could be
flooded with too much gasoline.
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-25
Try pushing the accelerator
pedal all the way to the floor and
holding it there while holding the
key in START for up to
15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try, to
allow the cranking motor to cool
down. When the engine starts,
let go of the key and accelerator.
If the vehicle starts briefly but
then stops again, do the same
thing. This clears the extra
gasoline from the engine. Do not
race the engine immediately
after starting it. Operate the
engine and transmission gently
until the oil warms up and
lubricates all moving parts.
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
The following vehicle accessories
can be used for up to 10 minutes
after the engine is turned off:
.Audio System
.Power Windows
.OnStar System (if equipped)
These features work when the
key is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY. Once the key is
turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF,
the windows continue to work up to
10 minutes or until any door is
opened. The radio continues to
work for up to 10 minutes or until the
driver door is opened.
Accessory Power Outlets (APOs)
The vehicle may have APOs in
several locations. See Power
Outlets on page 5-5.
The APOs in the console or center
seat position are powered by RAP.
They will continue to work for up to
10 minutes after the key is turned
from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, or until
the driver door is opened.
The APOs on the center stack come
from the factory powered directly
from the vehicle battery, and supply
accessory power at all times,
regardless of ignition key position.
If electronic items are left plugged
into these APOs for long periods of
time with the vehicle off, the vehicle
battery could be drained. The
vehicle may not start if the battery is
allowed to drain for an extended
period of time.
Engine Coolant Heater
2.5L L4 engine shown, 3.6L
V6 engine similar
The engine heater can provide
easier starting and better fuel
economy during engine warm-up in
cold weather conditions at or below
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-26 Driving and Operating
−18°C (0°F). Vehicles with an
engine heater should be plugged in
at least four hours before starting.
An internal thermostat in the
plug-end of the cord may exist,
which will prevent engine coolant
heater operation at temperatures
above −18°C (0°F).
To Use the Engine Coolant
Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord. The cord is
secured to the engine with a clip.
Carefully remove the cord from
the clip.
Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do not
use it. See your dealer for a
replacement. Inspect the cord for
damage yearly.
3. Plug the cord into a normal,
grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
{Warning
Improper use of the heater cord
or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
overheating and fire.
.Plug the cord into a
three-prong electrical utility
receptacle that is protected
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded
outlet could cause an electric
shock.
.Use a weatherproof,
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
extension cord if needed.
Failure to use the
recommended extension cord
in good operating condition,
or using a damaged heater or
extension cord, could make it
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric
shock, and injury.
.Do not operate the vehicle
with the heater cord
permanently attached to the
vehicle. Possible heater cord
and thermostat damage could
occur.
.While in use, do not let the
heater cord touch vehicle
parts or sharp edges. Never
close the hood on the
heater cord.
.Before starting the vehicle,
unplug the cord, reattach the
cover to the plug, and
securely fasten the cord.
Keep the cord away from any
moving parts.
4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-27
away from moving engine parts.
If you do not, it could be
damaged.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
Shifting Into Park
{Warning
It can be dangerous to get out of
the vehicle if the shift lever is not
fully in P (Park) with the parking
brake firmly set. The vehicle can
roll. If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
not move, even when you are on
fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. With four-wheel drive,
if the transfer case is in
N (Neutral), the vehicle will be
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
free to roll, even if the shift lever
is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear. If towing a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9-58.
1. Hold the brake pedal down, then
set the parking brake.
See Parking Brake on
page 9-42.
2. Hold the button on the shift lever
and push the lever toward the
front of the vehicle into P (Park).
3. Be sure the transfer case (if
equipped) is in a drive
gear —not in N (Neutral).
4. Turn the ignition key to
LOCK/OFF.
5. Remove the key and take it with
you. If you can leave the vehicle
with the ignition key in your
hand, the vehicle is in P (Park).
Leaving the Vehicle with the
Engine Running
{Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
The vehicle could move suddenly
if the shift lever is not fully in
P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set.
If you have four-wheel drive and
the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
the vehicle will be free to roll,
even if the shift lever is in
P (Park). So be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear —not in
N (Neutral).
And, if you leave the vehicle with
the engine running, it could
overheat and even catch fire. You
or others could be injured. Do not
leave the vehicle with the engine
running unless you have to.
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-28 Driving and Operating
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. After you move the shift
lever into P (Park), hold the regular
brake pedal down. Then, see if you
can move the shift lever away from
P (Park) without pressing the button
on the shift lever. If you can, it
means that the shift lever was not
fully locked into P (Park).
Torque Lock
If you are parking on a hill and you
do not shift the transmission into
P (Park) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may put too much force on
the parking pawl in the
transmission. You may find it difficult
to pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
This is called torque lock. To
prevent torque lock, set the parking
brake and then shift into P (Park)
properly before you leave the driver
seat. To find out how, see Shifting
Into Park on page 9-27.
When you are ready to drive, move
the shift lever out of P (Park) before
you release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you may
need to have another vehicle push
yours a little uphill to take some of
the pressure from the parking pawl
in the transmission. You will then be
able to pull the shift lever out of
P (Park).
Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with an
electronic shift lock release system.
The shift lock release is
designed to:
.Prevent ignition key removal
unless the shift lever is in
P (Park).
.Prevent movement of the shift
lever out of P (Park), unless the
ignition is in ON/RUN and the
regular brake pedal is applied.
The shift lock release is always
functional except in the case of an
uncharged or low voltage (less than
9 volt) battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged
battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting on
page 10-74.
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park):
1. Ease the pressure on the shift
lever.
2. While holding down the brake
pedal, press the shift lever all
the way into P (Park).
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you are still having a problem
shifting, then have the vehicle
serviced soon.
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-29
This vehicle may have the Safety
Belt Assurance System, which may
prevent the vehicle from shifting out
of P (Park). See Safety Belt
Messages on page 5-30.
Parking
If the vehicle has a manual
transmission, before you get out of
the vehicle, move the shift lever into
R (Reverse), and firmly apply the
parking brake. Once the shift lever
has been placed into R (Reverse)
with the clutch pedal pressed in,
turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF,
remove the key and release the
clutch.
If you are parking on a hill, or if the
vehicle is pulling a trailer, see
Driving Characteristics and Towing
Tips on page 9-58.
Parking over Things
That Burn
{Warning
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Engine Exhaust
{Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
.The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation (parking
garages, tunnels, deep snow
that may block underbody
airflow or tail pipes).
.The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
.The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
.The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
(Continued)
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-30 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
.There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.
If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
.Drive it only with the windows
completely down.
.Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
Running the Vehicle
While Parked
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park on page 9-27
and Engine Exhaust on page 9-29.
If the vehicle has a manual
transmission, see Parking on
page 9-29.
If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips on page 9-58.
Automatic
Transmission
If equipped, there is an electronic
shift lever position indicator within
the instrument cluster. This display
comes on when the ignition key is
turned to the ON/RUN position.
P (Park): This position locks the
rear wheels. It is the best position to
use when starting the engine
because the vehicle cannot move
easily. When parked on a hill,
especially when the vehicle has a
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-31
heavy load, you might notice an
increase in the effort to shift out of
P (Park). See “Torque Lock”under
Shifting Into Park on page 9-27.
{Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9-27 and Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips
on page 9-58.
{Warning
If you have four-wheel drive, the
vehicle will be free to roll —even
if the shift lever is in P (Park) —if
the transfer case is in N (Neutral).
So, be sure the transfer case is in
a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive
High or Four-Wheel Drive High or
Four-Wheel Drive Low —not in
N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park
on page 9-27.
R (Reverse): Use this gear to
back up.
{Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9-13.
N (Neutral): In this position, the
engine does not connect with the
wheels. To restart when you are
already moving, use N (Neutral)
only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the
vehicle is being towed.
{Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-32 Driving and Operating
{Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
D (Drive): This position is for
normal driving. It provides the best
fuel economy. If you need more
power for passing, and you are:
.Going less than about 55 km/h
(35 mph), push the accelerator
pedal about halfway down.
.Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or
more, push the accelerator all
the way down.
By doing this, the vehicle shifts
down to the next gear and has
more power.
D (Drive) can be used when towing
a trailer, carrying a heavy load,
driving on steep hills, or driving
off-road. Shift the transmission to a
lower gear selection if the
transmission shifts too often.
Downshifting the transmission in
slippery road conditions could result
in skidding. See “Skidding”under
Loss of Control on page 9-5.
The vehicle has a shift stabilization
feature that adjusts the transmission
shifting to the current driving
conditions in order to reduce rapid
upshifts and downshifts. This shift
stabilization feature is designed to
determine, before making an
upshift, if the engine is able to
maintain vehicle speed by analyzing
things such as vehicle speed,
throttle position, and vehicle load.
If the shift stabilization feature
determines that a current vehicle
speed cannot be maintained, the
transmission does not upshift and
instead holds the current gear.
In some cases, this could appear to
be a delayed shift, however the
transmission is operating normally.
The transmission uses adaptive
shift controls. The adaptive shift
control process continually
compares key shift parameters to
pre-programmed ideal shifts stored
in the transmission’s computer. The
transmission constantly makes
adjustments to improve vehicle
performance according to how the
vehicle is being used, such as with
a heavy load or when the
temperature changes. During this
adaptive shift control process,
shifting might feel different as the
transmission determines the best
settings.
When temperatures are very cold,
the transmission's gear shifting
could be delayed providing more
stable shifts until the engine warms
up. Shifts could be more noticeable
with a cold transmission. This
difference in shifting is normal.
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-33
M (Manual Mode): This position
allows selection of a range of gears
appropriate for current driving
conditions. See “Range Selection
Mode”under Manual Mode on
page 9-33.
{Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If you are
stuck, do not spin the tires. When
stopping on a hill, use the brakes
to hold the vehicle in place.
Normal Mode Grade Braking
Normal Mode Grade Braking is
enabled when the vehicle is started,
but is not enabled in Range
Selection Mode. It assists in
maintaining desired vehicle speeds
when driving on downhill grades by
using the engine and transmission
to slow the vehicle.
Manual Mode
Range Selection Mode
If equipped, Range Selection Mode
helps control the vehicle's
transmission and vehicle speed
while driving downhill or towing a
trailer by letting you select a desired
range of gears.
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to
M (Manual Mode).
2. Tap the plus/minus buttons on
the shift lever to select the
desired range of gears for
current driving conditions.
When the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a
number displays next to the M,
indicating the current transmission
range.
This number is the highest gear that
the transmission will command while
operating in M (Manual Mode).
All gears below that number are
available. As driving conditions
change, the transmission can
automatically shift to lower gears.
For example, when M5 is selected,
1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are
automatically shifted by the
transmission, but 6 (Sixth) cannot
be used until the plus/minus button
on the shift lever is used to change
to the range.
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-34 Driving and Operating
When the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a
downshift may occur. The gear that
the transmission is operating in
when the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode)
determines if a downshift occurs.
See the following chart.
Gear before shifting from D
(Drive) to M (Manual Mode) 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
Range after shifting from D
(Drive) to M (Manual Mode) M4 M4 M3 M2 M2 M1
Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-35.
While using Range Selection Mode,
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.
{Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If you are
stuck, do not spin the tires. When
stopping on a hill, use the brakes
to hold the vehicle in place.
Low Traction Mode
Low Traction Mode assists in
vehicle acceleration when road
conditions are slippery, such as with
ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a
stop, select M2 using Range
Selection Mode. This will limit
torque to the wheels and help to
prevent the tires from spinning.
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-35
Tow/Haul Mode
If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts
the transmission shift pattern to
reduce shift cycling. This provides
increased performance, vehicle
control; and transmission cooling
when driving down steep hills or
mountain grades, towing, or hauling
heavy loads.
Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off
by pressing the button on the center
stack. When the Tow/Haul Mode is
enabled, a light on the instrument
cluster will come on.
See Tow/Haul Mode Light on
page 5-17 and Hill and Mountain
Roads on page 9-11.
Also see “Tow/Haul Mode”under
Towing Equipment on page 9-64.
Manual Transmission
If equipped with a manual
transmission, this is the shift
pattern.
{Caution
Do not rest your hand on the shift
lever while driving. The pressure
could cause premature wear in
the transmission. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-36 Driving and Operating
{Caution
Do not rest your foot on the clutch
pedal while driving or while
stopped. The pressure can cause
premature wear in the clutch. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
To operate the manual transmission:
1 (First): Press the clutch pedal
fully to the pedal stop and shift into
1 (First). Then, slowly let up on the
clutch pedal as you slowly press
down on the accelerator pedal.
You can shift into 1 (First) when you
are going less than 30 km/h
(20 mph). If you have come to a
complete stop and it is hard to shift
into 1 (First), put the shift lever in
Neutral and let up on the clutch.
Then press the clutch pedal back
down and shift into 1 (First).
2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal
fully to the pedal stop while letting
up on the accelerator pedal and
shift into 2 (Second). Then, slowly
let up on the clutch pedal as you
press the accelerator pedal.
3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and
6 (Sixth): Shift into 3 (Third),
4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) the
same way you do for 2 (Second).
Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as
you press the accelerator pedal.
To stop, let up on the accelerator
pedal and press the brake pedal.
Just before the vehicle stops, press
the clutch pedal and the brake
pedal, and shift to Neutral.
Neutral: Use this position when
you start or idle the engine.
R (Reverse): To back up, press the
clutch pedal. After the vehicle stops,
press down on shift lever in the 3–4
Neutral position, then shift into
R (Reverse). If it is hard to shift, let
the shift lever return to the 3–4
Neutral position and release the
clutch pedal. Then follow the steps
again to shift into R (Reverse).
Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as
you press the accelerator pedal.
{Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
Use R (Reverse), along with the
parking brake, for parking the
vehicle.
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-37
Shift Speeds
{Warning
If you skip a gear when
downshifting, you could lose
control of the vehicle. You could
injure yourself or others. Do not
shift down more than one gear at
a time when downshifting.
Shift Indicator
This light comes on when an
up-shift is recommended for best
fuel economy. The number
displayed with the arrow indicates
the recommended gear.
Drive Systems
Four-Wheel Drive
If equipped, four-wheel drive
engages the front axle for extra
traction. Read the appropriate
section for transfer case operation
before using.
{Caution
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
four-wheel drive for an extended
period of time may cause
premature wear on the system.
The damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
four-wheel drive may:
.Cause a vibration to be felt in
the steering system.
.Cause tires to wear faster.
.Make the transfer case harder to
shift, and cause it to run noisier.
{Warning
Shifting the transfer case to
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or someone else
could be seriously injured. Be
sure to set the parking brake
before placing the transfer case in
N (Neutral). See Parking Brake on
page 9-42.
{Caution
Extended high-speed operation in
4nmay damage or shorten the
life of the drivetrain.
Engagement noise and bump when
shifting between 4 nand 4 mor from
N (Neutral), with the engine running,
is normal.
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-38 Driving and Operating
Shifting into 4 nwill turn Traction
Control and StabiliTrak
®
off. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control on page 9-43.
Electronic Transfer Case
Use the transfer case knob, next to
the steering wheel, to shift into and
out of four-wheel drive for extra
traction.
Indicator lights on the knob show
which setting the transfer case is in.
The N (Neutral) indicator is on the
face of the knob. The indicator lights
display briefly when the ignition is
turned on, and one will stay on.
If the lights display momentarily
when the ignition is in ON/RUN, but
none stay on, the knob may have
been turned while the vehicle was
off. To see the indicator, turn the
knob to another position so that it
matches the actual transfer case
setting. If no lights display, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
An indicator light flashes while
shifting and until the shift is
complete.
If the transfer case cannot complete
a requested shift, it will return to the
last chosen setting. Turn the control
back to the previous setting to see
the indicator light.
{Caution
Shifting the transmission into gear
before the requested mode
indicator light has stopped
flashing could damage the
transfer case.
The settings are:
N (Neutral): Use only when the
vehicle needs to be towed. See
Recreational Vehicle Towing on
page 10-76 or Towing the Vehicle
on page 10-76.
2m(Two-Wheel Drive High): Use
for driving on most streets and
highways. The front axle is not
engaged. This setting provides the
best fuel economy.
4n(Four-Wheel Drive Low): This
setting engages the front axle and
delivers extra torque. Choose 4 nif
driving off-road in deep sand, deep
mud, or deep snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills.
When engaged, keep vehicle speed
below 72 km/h (45 mph).
Shifting into 4 nwill turn Traction
Control and StabiliTrak off. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control on page 9-43.
Black plate (39,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-39
4m(Four-Wheel Drive High): Use
when extra traction is needed. The
front axle engages and helps when
driving on snowy or icy roads, and
when off-roading. The vehicle can
be shifted from 2 mto 4 mwhile the
vehicle is moving.
Shifting Into 4 m
Turn the knob to 4 mat any speed
up to 121 km/h (75 mph), except
from 4 n. The indicator light will flash
while shifting and will remain on the
selected setting.
Shifting Into 2 m
Turn the knob to 2 mat any speed,
except when shifting from 4 n.
Shifting Into 4 n
When 4 nis engaged, vehicle speed
should be kept below 72 km/h
(45 mph).
1. The ignition must be in ON/RUN
and the vehicle must be stopped
or moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph) with the transmission in
N (Neutral). It is best for the
vehicle to be moving
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for the
4nindicator light to stop flashing
before shifting the transmission
into gear.
If the transmission is in gear and/or
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
the 4 nindicator light will flash for
30 seconds and not complete the
shift. After 30 seconds the transfer
case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob
to 4 mto see the indicator. With the
vehicle moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph), and the transmission in
N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.
Shifting Out of 4 n
1. To shift out of 4 nthe vehicle
must be stopped or moving less
than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the
transmission in N (Neutral) and
the ignition in ON/RUN. It is best
for the vehicle to be moving
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
2. Turn the knob to 4 mor 2 m. Wait
for the 4 mor 2 mindicator light to
stop flashing before shifting the
transmission into gear.
If the transmission is in gear and/or
moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph),
the 4 mor 2 mindicator light will flash
for 30 seconds, but will not complete
the shift. With the vehicle moving
less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the
transmission in N (Neutral), attempt
the shift again.
Black plate (40,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-40 Driving and Operating
Shifting Into N (Neutral)
To shift:
1. Park the vehicle on a level
surface.
2. Set the parking brake and press
and hold the brake pedal. See
Parking Brake on page 9-42.
3. Start the vehicle or turn the
ignition to ON/RUN.
4. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m.
6. Turn the transfer case knob
clockwise to N (Neutral) until it
stops and hold it there until the
N (Neutral) light starts blinking.
This will take at least
10 seconds. Then slowly release
the dial to the 4 nposition. The
N (Neutral) light will come on
when the transfer case shift to
N (Neutral) is complete.
7. With the engine running, verify
that the transfer case is in
N (Neutral) by shifting the
transmission to R (Reverse),
then to D (Drive). There should
be no movement of the vehicle
while shifting the transmission.
8. Turn the engine off, and the
ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.
9. Place the transmission shift
lever in P (Park). See
Recreational Vehicle Towing on
page 10-76.
10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
To shift:
1. Set the parking brake and apply
the brake pedal.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
3. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
4. Turn the transfer case knob
to 2 m.
After the transfer case has
shifted out of N (Neutral), the
N (Neutral) light will go out.
5. Release the parking brake.
{Caution
Shifting the transmission into gear
before the requested mode
indicator light has stopped
flashing could damage the
transfer case.
6. Start the engine and shift the
transmission to the desired gear.
Black plate (41,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-41
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When the vehicle begins to drive
away, ABS checks itself.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is
going on, and it might even be
noticed that the brake pedal moves
a little. This is normal.
If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5-17.
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses the wheels are
slowing down. If one of the wheels
is about to stop rolling, the computer
will separately work the brakes at
each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.
Black plate (42,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-42 Driving and Operating
Parking Brake
Set the parking brake by holding the
regular brake pedal down, then
pushing down the parking brake
pedal.
If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light will come on.
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5-16.
{Caution
Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
To release the parking brake, hold
the regular brake pedal down, then
push down momentarily on the
parking brake pedal until you feel
the pedal release. Slowly pull your
foot up off the parking brake pedal.
If the parking brake is not released
when you begin to drive, the brake
system warning light will flash and a
chime will sound warning you that
the parking brake is still on.
If you are towing a trailer and are
parking on a hill, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips on
page 9-58.
Brake Assist
The Brake Assist feature is
designed to assist the driver in
stopping or decreasing vehicle
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature uses the
stability system hydraulic brake
control module to supplement the
power brake system under
conditions where the driver has
quickly and forcefully applied the
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
stop or slow down the vehicle. The
stability system hydraulic brake
control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the
vehicle until the ABS activates.
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the driver should
continue to apply the brake pedal as
the driving situation dictates.
The Brake Assist feature will
automatically disengage when the
brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
Black plate (43,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-43
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
This vehicle has an HSA feature,
which may be useful when the
vehicle is stopped on a grade
sufficient enough to activate HSA.
This feature is designed to prevent
the vehicle from rolling, either
forward or rearward, during vehicle
drive off. After the driver completely
stops and holds the vehicle in a
complete standstill on a grade, HSA
will be automatically activated.
During the transition period between
when the driver releases the brake
pedal and starts to accelerate to
drive off on a grade, HSA holds the
braking pressure for a maximum of
two seconds to ensure that there is
no rolling. The brakes will
automatically release when the
accelerator pedal is applied within
the two-second window. It will not
activate if the vehicle is in a drive
gear and facing downhill, or if the
vehicle is facing uphill and in
R (Reverse).
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak
®
, an
electronic stability control system.
These systems help limit wheel slip
and assist the driver in maintaining
control, especially on slippery road
conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any
of the drive wheels are spinning or
beginning to lose traction. When this
happens, TCS applies the brakes to
the spinning wheels and reduces
engine power to limit wheel spin.
StabiliTrak activates when the
vehicle senses a difference between
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
If cruise control is being used and
traction control or StabiliTrak begins
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be
turned back on when road
conditions allow.
Both systems come on
automatically when the vehicle is
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there
is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both
systems on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on
page 9-13 and “Turning the
Systems Off and On”later in
this section.
Black plate (44,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-44 Driving and Operating
When the transfer case (if equipped)
is in Four-Wheel Drive Low, the
stability system is automatically
disabled, and gcomes on in the
instrument cluster. Both traction
control and StabiliTrak are
automatically disabled in this
condition.
The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
light will:
.Flash when TCS is limiting
wheel spin.
.Flash when StabiliTrak is
activated.
.Turn on and stay on when either
system is not working.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and
dcomes on and stays on to
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in
maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be
adjusted accordingly.
If dcomes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle. If dcomes on
and stays on, the vehicle may need
more time to diagnose the problem.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer.
Turning the Systems Off
and On
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
is on the center stack.
{Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
To turn off only TCS, press and
release the gbutton. The Traction
Off Light idisplays in the
instrument cluster. To turn TCS on
again, press and release the g
Black plate (45,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-45
button. The Traction Off Light i
displayed in the instrument cluster
will turn off.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
the gbutton is pressed, the system
will not turn off until the wheels stop
spinning.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
press and hold the gbutton until
the Traction Off Light iand
StabiliTrak Off Light gcome on and
stay on in the instrument cluster. To
turn TCS and StabiliTrak on again,
press and release the gbutton. The
Traction Off Light iand StabiliTrak
Off Light gin the instrument cluster
turn off.
StabiliTrak will automatically turn on
if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h
(35 mph). Traction control will
remain off until the driver presses
the gbutton or the ignition is cycled
Off then On.
Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10-3.
Hill Descent
Control (HDC)
If equipped, HDC can be used when
driving downhill. It sets and
maintains vehicle speed while
descending a very steep incline in a
forward or reverse gear.
The HDC switch is on the center
stack, below the climate controls.
Press 5to enable or disable HDC.
Vehicle speed must be below
60 km/h (37 mph).
The HDC light displays on the
instrument cluster when enabled.
HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
between 4 and 30 km/h (3 and
19 mph) on an incline greater than
or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking
HDC light indicates that the system
is actively applying the brakes to
maintain vehicle speed.
When HDC is set, that is the initial
set speed. It can be increased or
decreased by applying the
accelerator or brake pedal. Smaller
HDC speed control adjustments are
accomplished using the cruise up or
down buttons. Each tap of the
+RES will increase the set speed by
0.8 km/h (0.5 mph), while each tap
of the SET–will decrease the set
speed by 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph). This
adjusted speed becomes the new
set speed.
HDC will remain enabled between
30 and 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph),
however vehicle speed cannot be
set or maintained in this range.
Black plate (46,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-46 Driving and Operating
It will automatically disable if the
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
(50 mph) or above 60 km/h
(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. 5
must be pressed again to
re-enable HDC.
When enabled, if the vehicle is at a
speed above 30 km/h (19 mph) and
less than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC
message will display instructing the
driver to reduce speed for HDC
operation.
Cruise control will not function while
HDC is enabled and vehicle speed
is below 40 km/h (25 mph).
Cruise Control
With cruise control a speed of about
40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be
maintained without keeping your
foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
{Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
If equipped with a manual
transmission, the cruise control will
remain active when the gears are
shifted. The cruise is deactivated if
the clutch is pressed for several
seconds. If the cruise control is
being used and the Traction Control
(TCS) system or StabiliTrak begins
to limit wheel spin, the cruise control
will automatically disengage. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control on page 9-43. If a collision
alert occurs when cruise control is
activated, cruise control is
disengaged. See Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) System on page 9-49.
When road conditions allow you to
safely use it again, cruise control
can be turned back on.
If the brakes are applied, the cruise
control disengages.
Black plate (47,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-47
5(On/Off): Press to turn the
system on or off. A white indicator
comes on in the instrument cluster
when cruise control is turned on.
+RES (Resume/Accelerate): If
there is a set speed in memory,
press briefly to resume to that
speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
SET−(Set/Coast): Press briefly to
set the speed and activate cruise
control. If cruise control is already
active, use to decrease vehicle
speed.
*(Cancel): Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
If 5is on when not in use, SET−or
+RES could get pressed and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep 5
off when cruise is not being used.
1. Press 5to turn the cruise
system on.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
3. Press and release SET−.
4. Remove foot from the
accelerator.
The cruise control indicator on the
instrument cluster turns green after
cruise control has been set to the
desired speed. See Instrument
Cluster on page 5-8.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
are applied or *is pressed, the
cruise control is disengaged without
erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle speed reaches
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,
press the +RES button briefly. The
vehicle returns to the previous set
speed.
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.Press and hold +RES until the
desired speed is reached, then
release it.
.To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, briefly press
+RES. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) faster.
Black plate (48,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-48 Driving and Operating
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Driver Information Center
(DIC) on page 5-22. The increment
value used depends on the units
displayed.
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.Press and hold SET–until the
desired lower speed is reached,
then release it.
.To slow down in small
increments, briefly press SET–.
For each press, the vehicle goes
about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Driver Information Center
(DIC) on page 5-22. The increment
value used depends on the units
displayed.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the
previous set cruise speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly
pressing the SET–button will result
in cruise control set to the current
vehicle speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well the cruise control will work
on hills depends on the vehicle
speed, load, and the steepness of
the hills. When going up steep hills,
you might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain your
speed. When going downhill, you
might have to brake or shift to a
lower gear to keep your speed
down. If the brake pedal is applied,
cruise control will disengage.
Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise
control:
.Step lightly on the brake pedal.
.Press *.
.Press the clutch pedal for
several seconds or shift the
transmission to N (Neutral).
.To turn off cruise control,
press 5.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if 5is pressed
or if the ignition is turned off.
Black plate (49,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-49
Driver Assistance
Systems
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield, and rapidly
beeps. FCA also lights an amber
visual alert if following another
vehicle much too closely.
FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 40 km/h (25 mph).
{Warning
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help
avoid a crash. FCA does not warn
of pedestrians, animals, signs,
guardrails, bridges, construction
barrels, or other objects. Be ready
to take action and apply the
brakes. For more information, see
Defensive Driving on page 9-3.
FCA can be disabled with the FCA
steering wheel control.
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
FCA warnings will not occur unless
the FCA system detects a vehicle
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will
display green. Vehicles may not be
detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills; or due to poor
visibility. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.
{Warning
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
(Continued)
Black plate (50,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-50 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair.
Collision Alert
When your vehicle approaches
another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the red lights will flash on the
windshield. Also, eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from
the front. When this Collision Alert
occurs, the brake system may
prepare for driver braking to occur
more rapidly which can cause a
brief, mild deceleration. Continue to
apply the brake pedal as needed.
Cruise control may be disengaged
when the Collision Alert occurs.
Tailgating Alert
The vehicle ahead indicator will
display amber when you are
following a detected vehicle ahead
much too closely.
Selecting the Alert Timing
The Collision Alert control is on the
steering wheel. Press [to set the
FCA timing to Far, Medium, Near,
or Off. The first button press shows
the current setting on the DIC.
Additional button presses will
change this setting. The chosen
setting will remain until it is changed
and will affect the timing of both the
Collision Alert and the Tailgating
Alert features. The timing of both
alerts will vary based on vehicle
speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
the farther away the alert will occur.
Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the alert
timing. The range of selectable alert
timing may not be appropriate for all
drivers and driving conditions.
Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
in other lanes, objects that are not
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.
Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, cleaning the
outside of the windshield in front of
the rearview mirror, and cleaning the
front of the vehicle, may correct the
issue.
Black plate (51,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-51
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
{Warning
The RVC system does not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object located outside the
camera's field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Perceived distances may be
different from actual distances.
Do not back the vehicle using
only the RVC screen. Failure to
use proper care before backing
may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. Always check
behind and around the vehicle
before backing.
If equipped, the RVC system is
designed to help the driver when
backing up by displaying a view of
the area behind the vehicle. When
the key is in ON/RUN and the driver
shifts the vehicle into R (Reverse),
the video image automatically
appears on the infotainment screen.
The infotainment screen goes to the
previous screen after approximately
four seconds once the vehicle is
shifted out of R (Reverse).
To see the previous screen sooner,
do one of the following:
.Press a hard key on the
infotainment system.
.Shift into P (Park).
Guidelines
The RVC system may have a
guideline overlay that can help the
driver align the vehicle when
backing into a parking spot.
To turn the guidelines on or off:
1. Shift into P (Park).
2. Press SETTINGS on the home
screen of the infotainment
system.
3. Select Rear Camera.
4. Select Guidance Lines, then
select Off or On.
Rear Vision Camera Error
Messages
SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA
SYSTEM: This message can
display on the infotainment screen
when the system is not working
properly.
If any other problem occurs or if a
problem persists, see your dealer.
Rear Vision Camera Location
The camera is under the tailgate
handle.
The area displayed by the camera is
limited. It does not display objects
that are close to either corner or
under the bumper and can vary
depending on vehicle orientation or
road conditions. Displayed images
may be further or closer than they
appear.
The following illustrations show the
field of view that the camera
provides.
Black plate (52,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-52 Driving and Operating
1. View displayed by the
camera.
1. View displayed by the
camera.
2. Corner of the rear bumper.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The RVC system may not work
properly or display a clear image if:
.It is dark.
.The sun or the beam of
headlamps are shining directly
into the camera lens.
.Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
builds up on the camera lens.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
water, and wipe it with a soft
cloth.
.The back of the vehicle is in an
accident. The position and
mounting angle of the camera
can change or the camera can
be affected. Be sure to have the
camera, its position, and
mounting angle checked at your
dealer.
Disconnecting the Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
The RVC must be disconnected if
the tailgate needs to be removed.
The RVC is disconnected by
disconnecting the connector behind
the rear license plate.
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may provide an alert if
the vehicle is crossing a lane
marking without using a turn signal
in that direction. LDW uses a
camera sensor to detect the lane
markings at speeds of 56 km/h
(35 mph) or greater.
Black plate (53,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-53
{Warning
The LDW system does not steer
the vehicle. The LDW system
may not:
.Provide enough time to avoid
a crash.
.Detect lane markings under
poor weather or visibility
conditions. This can occur if
the windshield or headlamps
are blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice; if they are not in
proper condition; or if the sun
shines directly into the
camera.
.Detect road edges.
.Detect lanes on winding or
hilly roads.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
If LDW only detects lane
markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
marking. Always keep your
attention on the road and
maintain proper vehicle position
within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could
occur. Always keep the
windshield, headlamps, and
camera sensors clean and in
good repair. Do not use LDW in
bad weather conditions.
How the System Works
The LDW camera sensor is on the
windshield ahead of the rearview
mirror.
To turn LDW on and off, press @on
the center stack. The control
indicator will light when LDW is on.
When LDW is on, @is green if
LDW is available to warn of a lane
departure. If the vehicle crosses a
detected lane marking without using
the turn signal in that direction, @
changes to amber and flashes.
Additionally, there will be three
beeps on the right or left, depending
on the lane departure direction.
Black plate (54,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-54 Driving and Operating
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The system may not detect lanes as
well when there are:
.Close vehicles ahead.
.Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.
.Banked roads.
If the LDW system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
LDW alerts may occur due to tar
marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service. Turn LDW off if these
conditions continue.
Fuel
Use of the recommended fuel is an
important part of the proper
maintenance of this vehicle. When
driving in the U.S. and Canada, to
help keep the engine clean and
maintain optimum vehicle
performance, we recommend using
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
See www.toptiergas.com for a list of
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
Use regular unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. Do not use gasoline with an
octane rating below 87, as it may
cause engine damage and will lower
fuel economy.
Use of Seasonal Fuels
Use summer and winter fuels in the
appropriate season. The fuels
industry automatically modifies the
fuel for the appropriate season.
If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for
long periods of time, driving or
starting could be affected. Drive the
vehicle until the fuel is at one-half
tank or less, then refuel with the
current seasonal fuel.
Prohibited Fuels
Gasolines containing oxygenates
such as ethers and ethanol, as well
as reformulated gasolines, are
available in some cities. If these
gasolines comply with the
previously described specification,
then they are acceptable to use.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
other fuels containing more than
15% ethanol must be used only in
FlexFuel vehicles.
Black plate (55,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-55
{Caution
Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also
damage plastic and rubber parts.
That damage would not be
covered under the vehicle
warranty.
Some gasolines, mainly high octane
racing gasolines, can contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use
gasolines and/or fuel additives with
MMT as they can reduce spark plug
life and affect emission control
system performance. The
malfunction indicator lamp may turn
on. If this occurs, see your dealer
for service.
California Fuel
Requirements
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
the underhood emission control
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance might
be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the
vehicle may not pass a smog-check
test. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp on page 5-13. If this occurs,
return to your authorized dealer for
diagnosis. If it is determined that the
condition is caused by the type of
fuel used, repairs may not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Fuels in Foreign
Countries
If planning to drive in countries
outside the U.S. or Canada, the
proper fuel might be hard to find.
Check regional auto club or fuel
retail brand websites for availability
in the country where driving. Never
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
methanol, manganese, or any other
fuel not recommended. Costly
repairs caused by use of improper
fuel would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Fuel Additives
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline is
recommended. See Fuel on
page 9-54.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of Fuel
System Treatment PLUS added to
the fuel tank at every engine oil
change, can help. Fuel System
Treatment PLUS is the only
Black plate (56,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-56 Driving and Operating
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.
Filling the Tank
{Warning
Fuel vapor burns violently and a
fuel fire can cause bad injuries.
To help avoid injuries to you and
others, read and follow all the
instructions on the fuel pump
island. Turn off the engine when
refueling. Do not smoke near fuel
or when refueling the vehicle. Do
not use cellular phones. Keep
sparks, flames, and smoking
materials away from fuel. Do not
leave the fuel pump unattended
when refueling the vehicle. This is
against the law in some places.
Do not re-enter the vehicle while
pumping fuel. Keep children away
from the fuel pump; never let
children pump fuel.
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel
door on the driver side of the
vehicle. To open the fuel door, push
and release the rearward center
edge of the door.
To remove the fuel cap, turn it
slowly counterclockwise.
While refueling, hang the fuel cap
from the hook on the fuel door.
{Warning
Fuel can spray out on you if you
open the fuel cap too quickly.
If you spill fuel and then
something ignites it, you could be
badly burned. This spray can
happen if the tank is nearly full,
and is more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly and wait
for any hiss noise to stop. Then
unscrew the cap all the way.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not
top off or overfill the tank and wait a
few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care on page 10-81.
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it
clockwise until it clicks. Make sure
the cap is fully installed. The
diagnostic system can determine if
the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. This would
allow fuel to evaporate into the
Black plate (57,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-57
atmosphere. If the fuel cap is not
properly installed, a message
appears on the Driver Information
Center (DIC) and the check engine
light will be lit on the instrument
cluster. See Fuel System Messages
on page 5-28 and Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5-13.
{Warning
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
{Caution
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
sure to get the right type of cap
from your dealer. The wrong type
of fuel cap may not fit properly,
may cause the malfunction
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
indicator lamp to light, and could
damage the fuel tank and
emissions system. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5-13.
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container
{Warning
Never fill a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite the fuel
vapor. You can be badly burned
and the vehicle damaged if this
occurs. To help avoid injury to you
and others:
.Dispense fuel only into
approved containers.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.Do not fill a container while it
is inside a vehicle, in a
vehicle's trunk, pickup bed,
or on any surface other than
the ground.
.Bring the fill nozzle in contact
with the inside of the fill
opening before operating the
nozzle. Contact should be
maintained until the filling is
complete.
.Do not smoke while
pumping fuel.
.Do not use a cellular phone
while pumping fuel.
Black plate (58,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-58 Driving and Operating
Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information
Only use towing equipment that has
been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
the entire section before towing a
trailer.
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
Towing the Vehicle on page 10-76.
For towing the vehicle behind
another vehicle such as a motor
home, see Recreational Vehicle
Towing on page 10-76.
Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips
Driving with a Trailer
When towing a trailer:
.Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply to
trailer towing.
.Do not tow a trailer during the
first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent
damage to the engine, axle,
or other parts.
.Then during the first 800 km
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
do not make starts at full throttle.
.Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear if the transmission shifts
too often under heavy loads and/
or hilly conditions.
.Turn off Park Assist when
towing.
{Warning
When towing a trailer, exhaust
gases may collect at the rear of
the vehicle and enter if the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
window is open.
When towing a trailer:
.Do not drive with the liftgate,
trunk/hatch, or rear-most
window open.
.Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
.Also adjust the climate
control system to a setting
that brings in only outside air.
See “Climate Control
Systems”in the Index.
For more information about
Carbon Monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9-29.
Black plate (59,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-59
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
longer and not as responsive as the
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
the handling and braking of the rig
before setting out for the open road.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has
electric brakes, start the
combination moving and then apply
the trailer brake controller by hand
to be sure the brakes work.
During the trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure
and the lamps and any trailer
brakes still work.
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
This can help to avoid heavy
braking and sudden turns.
Passing
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. The
combination will not accelerate as
quickly and is longer so it is
necessary to go much farther
beyond the passed vehicle before
returning to the lane.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move that hand to
the left. To move the trailer to the
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.
Making Turns
{Caution
Making very sharp turns while
trailering could cause the trailer to
come in contact with the vehicle.
The vehicle could be damaged.
Avoid making very sharp turns
while trailering.
When turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so
the trailer will not strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
or other objects. Avoid jerky or
sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
advance.
If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn
out, the arrows on the instrument
cluster will still flash for turns. It is
important to check occasionally to
be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working.
Black plate (60,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-60 Driving and Operating
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
brakes might get hot and no longer
work well.
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift
the transmission to a lower gear if
the transmission shifts too often
under heavy loads and/or hilly
conditions.
The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if
the transmission shifts too often.
See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9-35.
When towing at high altitude on
steep uphill grades, consider the
following: Engine coolant will boil at
a lower temperature than at normal
altitudes. If the engine is turned off
immediately after towing at high
altitude on steep uphill grades, the
vehicle may show signs similar to
engine overheating. To avoid this,
let the engine run while parked,
preferably on level ground, with the
transmission in P (Park) for a few
minutes before turning the engine
off. If the overheat warning comes
on, see Engine Overheating on
page 10-18.
Parking on Hills
{Warning
Parking the vehicle on a hill with
the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move.
People can be injured, and both
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface.
If parking the rig on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if facing
downhill or into traffic if facing
uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in
place, release the regular brakes
until the chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and shift
into P (Park).
5. Release the brake pedal.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Shift into a gear.
4. Release the parking brake.
5. Let up on the brake pedal.
6. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
7. Stop and have someone pick up
and store the chocks.
Black plate (61,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-61
Maintenance when Trailer
Towing
The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer.
See Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-3. Things that are
especially important in trailer
operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
lubricant, belts, cooling system, and
brake system. It is a good idea to
inspect these before and during
the trip.
Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
Trailer Towing
Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
See New Vehicle Break-In on
page 9-21.
{Warning
The driver can lose control when
pulling a trailer if the correct
equipment is not used or the
vehicle is not driven properly.
For example, if the trailer is too
heavy, the brakes may not work
well or even at all. The driver and
passengers could be seriously
injured. The vehicle may also be
damaged; the resulting repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer
only if all the steps in this section
have been followed. Ask your
dealer for advice and information
about towing a trailer with the
vehicle.
{Caution
Pulling a trailer improperly can
damage the vehicle and result in
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer
correctly, follow the advice in this
section and see your dealer for
important information about
towing a trailer with the vehicle.
See Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-14 for more information
about the vehicle's maximum load
capacity.
To identify the trailering capacity of
the vehicle, read the information in
“Weight of the Trailer”later in this
section.
Black plate (62,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-62 Driving and Operating
Trailering is different than just
driving the vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking,
durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering takes
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips
and safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
your passengers. Read this section
carefully before pulling a trailer.
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
It depends on how the rig is used.
Speed, altitude, road grades,
outside temperature, and how much
the vehicle is used to pull a trailer
are all important. It can depend on
any special equipment on the
vehicle, and the amount of tongue
weight the vehicle can carry. See
“Weight of the Trailer Tongue”later
in this section for more information.
Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is
calculated assuming the tow vehicle
has only the driver but all required
trailering equipment. Weight of
additional optional equipment,
passengers, and cargo in the tow
vehicle must be subtracted from the
trailer weight rating.
Use the following chart to determine
how much the vehicle can weigh,
based upon the vehicle model and
options.
Black plate (63,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-63
Engine Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a)
2.5L L4 4.10 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) 3 856 kg (8,500 lb)
3.6L V6 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)
(a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle
and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice.
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
very important because it is also
part of the vehicle weight. The
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)
includes the curb weight of the
vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and
the people who will be riding in the
vehicle as well as trailer tongue
weight. Vehicle options, equipment,
passengers and cargo in the vehicle
reduce the amount of tongue weight
the vehicle can carry, which will also
reduce the trailer weight the vehicle
can tow.
Trailer tongue weight (1) should be
10–15% of the loaded trailer
weight (2) up to 408 kg (900 lb).
Trailer rating may be limited by the
vehicle's ability to carry tongue
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause
the vehicle to exceed the
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating).
After loading the trailer, weigh the
trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they are not, adjustments
might be made by moving some
items around in the trailer.
Total Weight on the Vehicle's
Tires
Be sure the vehicle's tires are
inflated to the inflation pressures
found on the Certification/Tire label
on the center pillar or see Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9-14. Make
Black plate (64,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-64 Driving and Operating
sure not to exceed the GVWR limit
for the vehicle, or the RGAWR, with
the tow vehicle and trailer fully
loaded for the trip including the
weight of the trailer tongue. If using
a weight-distributing hitch, make
sure not to exceed the RGAWR
before applying the weight
distribution spring bars.
Weight of the Trailering
Combination
It is important that the combination
of the tow vehicle and trailer does
not exceed any of its weight ratings
—GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer
Weight Rating, or Tongue Weight.
The only way to be sure it is not
exceeding any of these ratings is to
weigh the tow vehicle and trailer
combination, fully loaded for the trip,
getting individual weights for each of
these items.
Towing Equipment
Hitches
The correct hitch equipment helps
maintain combination control.
Many trailers can be towed with a
weight-carrying hitch which simply
features a coupler latched to the
hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a
pintle hook. Other trailers may
require a weight-distributing hitch
that uses spring bars to distribute
the trailer tongue weight among the
tow vehicle and trailer axles.
If a step-bumper hitch will be used,
the bumper could be damaged in
sharp turns. Make sure there
is ample room when turning to
avoid contact between the trailer
and the bumper.
A step-bumper hitch is limited to
1587 kg (3,500 lb) total weight.
Consider using sway controls with
any trailer. Ask a trailering
professional about sway controls or
refer to the trailer manufacturer's
recommendations and instructions.
Weight-Distributing Hitch
Adjustment
A weight distributing hitch may be
useful with some trailers.
1. Body to Ground Distance
2. Front of Vehicle
When using a weight-distributing
hitch, the spring bars should be
adjusted so the distance (1) is the
same after coupling the trailer to the
tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch.
Black plate (65,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-65
Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
from contacting the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains
may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer
manufacturer. Always leave just
enough slack so the combination
can turn. Never allow safety chains
to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
A loaded trailer that weighs more
than 900 kg (2,000 lb) needs to have
its own brake system that is
adequate for the weight of the
trailer. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the trailer brakes
so they are installed, adjusted, and
maintained properly.
Trailer Wiring Harness
For vehicles not equipped with
heavy-duty trailering, a harness is
secured underneath the left side of
the vehicle, next to the spare tire.
The harness requires the installation
of a trailer connector, which is
available through your dealer. The
seven-wire harness contains the
following trailer circuits:
.Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal
.Green: Right Stop/Turn Signal
.Brown: Taillamps/Parking Lamps
.Black: Ground
.Gray: Back-up Lamps
.Orange: Battery Feed
.Blue: Trailer Brake
If charging a remote (non-vehicle)
battery, press the Tow/Haul Mode
button, if equipped, on the center
stack. This will boost the vehicle
system voltage and properly charge
the battery. If the trailer is too light
for Tow/Haul Mode, or the vehicle is
not equipped with Tow/Haul, turn on
the headlamps as a second way to
boost the vehicle system and
charge the battery.
Tow/Haul Mode
Press this button on the center
stack to turn on and off the Tow/
Haul Mode.
This indicator light on the instrument
cluster comes on when the Tow/
Haul Mode is on.
Black plate (66,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-66 Driving and Operating
Tow/Haul is a feature that assists
when pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul
Mode on page 9-35.
Tow/Haul is designed to be most
effective when the vehicle and
trailer combined weight is at least
75 percent of the vehicle's Gross
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).
See “Weight of the Trailer”under
Trailer Towing on page 9-61. Tow/
Haul is most useful under the
following driving conditions:
.When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load through
rolling terrain.
.When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load in
stop-and-go traffic.
.When pulling a heavy trailer or a
large or heavy load in busy
parking lots where improved low
speed control of the vehicle is
desired.
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul
when lightly loaded or with no trailer
at all will not cause damage.
However, there is no benefit to the
selection of Tow/Haul when the
vehicle is unloaded. Such a
selection when unloaded may result
in unpleasant engine and
transmission driving characteristics
and reduced fuel economy. Tow/
Haul is recommended only when
pulling a heavy trailer or a large or
heavy load.
Trailer Sway
Control (TSC)
Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a
TSC feature. Trailer sway is
unintended side-to-side motion of a
trailer while being towed. If the
vehicle is towing a trailer and the
TSC detects that sway is increasing,
the vehicle brakes are selectively
applied at each wheel, to help
reduce excessive trailer sway.
If TSC is enabled, the Traction
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak
warning light will flash on the
instrument cluster. Vehicle speed
must be reduced. If trailer sway
continues, StabiliTrak can reduce
engine torque to help slow the
vehicle. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control on
page 9-43.
Black plate (67,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Driving and Operating 9-67
{Warning
Even if the vehicle is equipped
with TSC, trailer sway could result
in loss of control and the vehicle
could crash. If excessive trailer
sway is detected, slow down to a
safe speed. Check the trailer and
vehicle to help correct possible
causes. These could include an
improperly or overloaded trailer,
unrestrained cargo, improper
trailer hitch configuration,
excessive vehicle-trailer speed,
or improperly inflated or incorrect
vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing
Equipment on page 9-64 for
trailer ratings and hitch setup
recommendations.
Adding non-dealer accessories can
affect the vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10-3.
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
{Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
warranty. Always check with your
dealer before adding electrical
equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3-27 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3-27.
Black plate (68,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
9-68 Driving and Operating
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-1
Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10
Automatic Transmission
Fluid ...................... 10-12
Manual Transmission
Fluid ...................... 10-12
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-13
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-18
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-26
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check ..................... 10-27
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check ..................... 10-27
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-27
Wiper Blade
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-42
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-2 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-60
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-72
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-73
Jump Starting
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:
California Proposition
65 Warning
Most motor vehicles, including this
one, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-3
cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. Engine
exhaust, many parts and systems,
many fluids, and some component
wear by-products contain and/or
emit these chemicals.
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements
Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
Accessories and
Modifications
Adding non‐dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non‐GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3-27.
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work
{Warning
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13-11.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-4 Vehicle Care
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3-27.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records on
page 11-16.
{Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Hood
To open the hood:
1. Pull the hood release lever with
this symbol on it. It is inside the
vehicle to the lower left of the
steering wheel.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle to
find the secondary hood release
handle. The handle is under the
front edge of the hood near the
center. Push the handle to the
right and at the same time raise
the hood.
To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be sure
all the filler caps are properly
installed.
2. Lower the hood to 20 cm (8 in)
above the vehicle and release it
so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is firmly
closed by lifting up on the front
edge of the hood. Repeat the
process if necessary.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-5
Engine Compartment Overview
2.5L L4 Engine
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-6 Vehicle Care
1. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10-16.
2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10-13.
3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine
Oil on page 10-8.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System on
page 10-15.
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine
Oil on page 10-8.
6. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10-33.
7. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.
See Brake Fluid on page 10-21
or Hydraulic Clutch on
page 10-12 (If Equipped).
8. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-20.
9. Battery on page 10-23.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-7
3.6L V6 Engine
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-8 Vehicle Care
1. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10-16.
2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10-13.
3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System on
page 10-15.
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine
Oil on page 10-8.
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine
Oil on page 10-8.
6. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10-33.
7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid on page 10-21.
8. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-20.
9. Battery on page 10-23.
Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
.Always use engine oil approved
to the proper specification and of
the proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
.Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil”and “When to Add
Engine Oil”in this section.
.Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10-10.
.Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil”in this section.
Checking Engine Oil
It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
must be on level ground. The
engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow
loop. See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 10-5 for the
location of the engine oil dipstick.
Obtaining an accurate oil level
reading is essential:
1. If the engine has been running
recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
Checking the oil level too soon
after engine shutoff will not
provide an accurate oil level
reading.
2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
with a clean paper towel or cloth,
then push it back in all the way.
Remove it again, keeping the tip
down, and check the level.
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-9
When to Add Engine Oil
L4 Engine
V6 Engine
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick, add
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
and then recheck the level. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in
this section for an explanation of
what kind of oil to use. For engine
oil crankcase capacity, see
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12-2.
{Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10-5 for the location of the
engine oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13.
Specification
Ask for and use engine oils that
meet the dexos1™specification.
Engine oils that have been
approved by GM as meeting the
dexos1 specification are marked
with the dexos1 approved logo. See
www.gmdexos.com.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-10 Vehicle Care
{Caution
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil can result in engine
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Check with your
dealer or service provider on
whether the oil is approved to the
dexos1 specification.
Viscosity Grade
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
engine oil for the 3.6L V6 engine.
Use SAE 5W-20 viscosity grade
engine oil for the 2.5L L4 engine.
Cold Temperature Operation: In an
area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29°C
(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
used for the 3.6L V6 engine and
SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine
oil may be used for the 2.5L L4
engine. An oil of this viscosity grade
will provide easier cold starting for
the engine at extremely low
temperatures. When selecting an oil
of the appropriate viscosity grade,
always select an oil of the correct
specification. See “Specification”
earlier in this section for more
information.
Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils meeting the
dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.
Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-11
On some vehicles, when the system
has calculated that oil life has been
diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on to
indicate that an oil change is
necessary. See Engine Oil
Messages on page 5-27. Change
the oil as soon as possible within
the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is
possible that, if driving under the
best conditions, the oil life system
might indicate that an oil change is
not necessary for up to a year.
The engine oil and filter must be
changed at least once a year and,
at this time, the system must be
reset. For vehicles without the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message, an oil change is needed
when the OIL LIFE REMAINING
percentage is near 0%. Your dealer
has trained service people who will
perform this work and reset the
system. It is also important to check
the oil regularly over the course of
an oil drain interval and keep it at
the proper level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. Always reset the
engine oil life to 100% after every oil
change. It will not reset itself. To
reset the engine oil life system:
1. Display the OIL LIFE
REMAINING on the Driver
Information System (DIC). See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5-22.
2. Press and hold SET/CLR for
several seconds. The oil life will
change to 100%.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
2. Display the OIL LIFE
REMAINING on the DIC.
3. Fully press the accelerator pedal
slowly three times within
five seconds. If the display
shows 100%, the system is
reset.
If the vehicle has a CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message and it
comes back on when the vehicle is
started and/or the OIL LIFE
REMAINING is near 0%, the engine
oil life system has not been reset.
Repeat the procedure.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-12 Vehicle Care
Automatic Transmission
Fluid
How to Check Automatic
Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the
transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible.
There is a special procedure for
checking and changing the
transmission fluid. Because this
procedure is difficult, this should be
done at your dealer. Contact your
dealer for additional information or
the procedure can be found in the
service manual. To purchase a
service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13-11.
Change the fluid and filter at the
intervals listed in Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-3, and be
sure to use the fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13.
Manual Transmission
Fluid
How to Check Manual
Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the
manual transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to your
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-13
for the proper fluid to use.
Hydraulic Clutch
For vehicles with a manual
transmission, it is not necessary to
regularly check brake/clutch fluid
unless there is a leak suspected.
Adding fluid will not correct a leak.
A fluid loss in this system could
indicate a problem. Have the
system inspected and repaired.
When to Check and What
to Use
The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid
reservoir cap has this symbol on it.
The common brake/clutch fluid
reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake
fluid as indicated on the reservoir
cap. See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 10-5 for reservoir
location.
How to Check and Add Fluid
Visually check the brake/clutch fluid
reservoir to make sure the fluid level
is at the MIN (minimum) line on the
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-13
front of the reservoir. The brake/
hydraulic clutch fluid system should
be closed and sealed.
Do not remove the cap to check the
fluid level or to top-off the fluid level.
Remove the cap only when
necessary to add the proper fluid
until the level reaches the MIN line.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the
engine compartment on the
passenger side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10-5.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Inspect/replace the air cleaner/filter
at the scheduled maintenance
intervals listed in Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-3. If you are
driving in dusty/dirty conditions,
inspect the filter at each engine oil
change.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
To inspect the air cleaner/filter,
remove the filter from the vehicle
and lightly shake the filter to release
loose dust and dirt. If the filter
remains covered with dirt, a new
filter is required.
2.5L L4 Engine
1. Screws
2. Electrical Connector
3. Air Duct Clamp
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:
1. Remove the screws (1) on top of
the engine air cleaner/filter
housing.
2. Disconnect the electrical
connector (2).
3. Disconnect the outlet duct by
loosening the air duct clamp (3).
4. Lift the filter cover housing away
from the engine air cleaner/filter
housing.
5. Pull out the filter.
6. Inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter.
7. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall
the filter cover housing.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-14 Vehicle Care
3.6L V6 Engine
1. Screws
2. Electrical Connector
3. Air Duct Clamp
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:
1. Remove the screws (1) on top of
the engine air cleaner/filter
housing.
2. Disconnect the electrical
connector (2).
3. Disconnect the outlet duct by
loosening the air duct clamp (3).
4. Lift the filter cover housing away
from the engine air cleaner/filter
housing.
5. Pull out the filter.
6. Inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter.
7. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall
the filter cover housing.
{Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
{Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when you are driving.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-15
Cooling System
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
2.5L L4 Engine
1. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
3.6L V6 Engine
1. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
{Warning
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.
{Warning
Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.
{Caution
Using coolant other than
DEX-COOL
®
can cause
premature engine, heater core,
or radiator corrosion. In addition,
the engine coolant could require
changing sooner. Any repairs
would not be covered by the
(Continued)
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-16 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
vehicle warranty. Always use
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
in the vehicle.
Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL
®
engine
coolant mixture. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on page 11-13
and Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-3.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating on
page 10-18.
What to Use
{Warning
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or others
could be burned. Use a 50/
50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture:
.Gives freezing protection down
to −37°C (−34°F) outside
temperature.
.Gives boiling protection up to
129°C (265°F) engine
temperature.
.Protects against rust and
corrosion.
.Will not damage aluminum parts.
.Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
{Caution
If improper coolant mixture,
inhibitors, or additives are used in
the vehicle cooling system, the
engine could overheat and be
damaged. Too much water in the
mixture can freeze and crack
engine cooling parts. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
(Continued)
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-17
Caution (Continued)
Use only the proper mixture of
engine coolant for the cooling
system. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants on
page 11-13.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, or by pouring
it on the ground, or into sewers,
streams or, bodies of water. Have
the coolant changed by an
authorized service center, familiar
with legal requirements regarding
used coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, do not do anything else until
it cools down.
If coolant is visible but the coolant
level is not at or above the mark
pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of
clean, drinkable water and
DEX-COOL coolant.
Be sure the cooling system is cool
before this is done.
If no coolant is visible in the coolant
surge tank, add coolant as follows:
How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank
{Warning
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.
{Caution
This vehicle has a specific
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
severely damaged.
{Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the surge tank pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
system and surge tank pressure
cap to cool.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-18 Vehicle Care
The coolant surge tank pressure
cap can be removed when the
cooling system, including the surge
tank pressure cap and upper
radiator hose, is no longer hot.
1. Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise. If a hiss is
heard, wait for that to stop.
A hiss means there is still some
pressure left.
2. Keep turning the cap and
remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the mark
pointed to on the front of the
coolant surge tank.
4. With the coolant surge tank cap
off, start the engine and let it run
until the upper radiator hose
starts getting hot. Watch out for
the engine cooling fan. By this
time, the coolant level inside the
coolant surge tank may be
lower. If the level is lower, add
more of the proper mixture to the
coolant surge tank until the level
reaches the mark pointed to on
the front of the coolant
surge tank.
5. Replace the cap tightly.
{Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and
possible engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured.
Engine Overheating
The vehicle has an engine coolant
temperature gauge on the
instrument cluster to warn of engine
overheating. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge on page 5-10.
{Caution
Running the engine without
coolant may cause damage or a
fire. Vehicle damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Black plate (19,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-19
If the decision is made not to lift the
hood when this warning appears,
get service help right away. See
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13-5.
If the decision is made to lift the
hood, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.
Then check to see if the engine
cooling fan is running. If the engine
is overheating, the fan should be
running. If it is not, do not continue
to run the engine and have the
vehicle serviced.
If Steam Is Coming from the
Engine Compartment
{Warning
Steam from an overheated engine
can burn you badly, even if you
just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Just turn it
off and get everyone away from
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
the vehicle until it cools down.
Wait until there is no sign of
steam or coolant before you open
the hood.
If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids
in it can catch fire. You or others
could be badly burned. Stop the
engine if it overheats, and get out
of the vehicle until the engine
is cool.
If No Steam Is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be
too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
.Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
.Stops after high-speed driving.
.Idles for long periods in traffic.
If the overheat warning is displayed
with no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the highest
temperature and to the highest
fan speed. Open the windows as
necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral), and let the
engine idle.
If the engine coolant temperature
gauge is no longer in the overheat
zone, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
distance from the vehicle in front.
If the warning does not come back
on, continue to drive normally and
have the cooling system checked
for proper fill and function.
If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-20 Vehicle Care
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for three minutes while
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down.
Engine Fan
The vehicle has an electric cooling
fan. The fan may be heard spinning
at low speed during most everyday
driving. The fan may turn off if no
cooling is required. Under heavy
vehicle loading, trailer towing, high
outside temperatures, or operation
of the air conditioning system, the
fan may change to high speed and
an increase in fan noise may be
heard. This is normal and indicates
that the cooling system is
functioning properly. The fan will
change to low speed when
additional cooling is no longer
required.
The electric engine cooling fan may
run after the engine has been
turned off. This is normal and no
service is required.
Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid needs
to be added, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. Use a fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing in an
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing.
Adding Washer Fluid
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10-5 for reservoir location.
{Caution
.Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the windshield
washer. It can damage the
windshield washer system
and paint.
.Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the solution
to freeze and damage the
washer fluid tank and other
parts of the washer system.
.When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.
.Fill the washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it is
very cold. This allows for fluid
expansion if freezing occurs,
which could damage the tank
if it is completely full.
Black plate (21,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-21
Brakes
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
heard all the time the vehicle is
moving, except when applying the
brake pedal firmly.
{Warning
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.
{Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications in Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2.
Brake linings should always be
replaced as complete axle sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.
Replacing Brake System Parts
Always replace brake system parts
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
replacement brake parts are
installed or parts are improperly
installed.
Brake Fluid
The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10-5 for the location of the
reservoir.
Black plate (22,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-22 Vehicle Care
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir
might go down:
.The brake fluid level goes down
because of normal brake lining
wear. When new linings are
installed, the fluid level goes
back up.
When the brake fluid falls to a
low level, the brake warning light
comes on. See Brake System
Warning Light on page 5-16.
.A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system can also cause
a low fluid level. Have the brake
hydraulic system fixed, since a
leak means that sooner or later
the brakes will not work well.
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove brake fluid,
as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.
{Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system. See “Checking Brake
Fluid”in this section.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule
to determine when to check the
brake fluid. See Maintenance
Schedule on page 11-3.
Checking Brake Fluid
Check brake fluid by looking at the
brake fluid reservoir. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10-5.
The fluid level should be above the
minimum mark. If it is not, have the
brake hydraulic system checked to
see if there is a leak.
After work is done on the brake
hydraulic system, make sure the
level is above the minimum mark
but not over the MAX mark.
Black plate (23,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-23
What to Add
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid
from a sealed container. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it. This
helps keep dirt from entering the
reservoir.
{Warning
With the wrong kind of fluid in the
brake hydraulic system, the
brakes might not work well. This
could cause a crash. Always use
the proper brake fluid.
{Caution
.Using the wrong fluid can
badly damage brake
hydraulic system parts. For
example, just a few drops of
mineral-based oil, such as
engine oil, in the brake
hydraulic system can damage
brake hydraulic system parts
so badly that they will have to
be replaced. Do not let
someone put in the wrong
kind of fluid.
.If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces,
the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to
spill brake fluid on the
vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately.
Battery
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove
the cap and do not add fluid.
Refer to the replacement number
shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10-5 for battery location.
{Warning
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-24 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Storage
{Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting on
page 10-74 for tips on working
around a battery without
getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.
Four-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant
Refer to Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-3 to determine when to
check the lubricant.
How to Check Lubricant
Electric Shift Transfer Case
1. Drain Plug
2. Fill Plug
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.
If the level is below the bottom of
the fill plug (2) hole, located on the
transfer case, some lubricant will
need to be added. Add enough
lubricant to raise the level to the
bottom of the fill plug (2) hole. Use
care not to overtighten the plug.
When to Change Lubricant
Refer to Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-3 to determine how often to
change the lubricant.
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13 to
determine what kind of lubricant
to use.
Black plate (25,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-25
Front Axle
When to Check and Change
Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly
check front axle fluid unless a leak
is suspected, or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
problem. Have it inspected and
repaired.
How to Check Lubricant
Front Axle for 2.5L Shown, Front
Axle for 3.6L Similar
1. Drain Plug
2. Fill Plug
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.
If the level is below the bottom of
the fill plug (2) hole, located on the
front axle, some lubricant will need
to be added. Add enough lubricant
to raise the level to the bottom of
the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not to
overtighten the plug.
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13 to
determine what kind of lubricant
to use.
Rear Axle
When to Check and Change
Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly
check rear axle fluid unless a leak is
suspected, or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss could indicate a
problem. Have it inspected and
repaired.
All axle assemblies are filled by
volume of fluid during production.
They are not filled to reach a certain
level. When checking the fluid level
on any axle, variations in the
readings can be caused by factory
fill differences between the minimum
and the maximum fluid volume.
Also, if a vehicle has just been
driven before checking the fluid
level, it may appear lower than
normal because fluid has traveled
out along the axle tubes and has
not drained back to the sump area.
Therefore, a reading taken
five minutes after the vehicle has
been driven will appear to have a
lower fluid level than a vehicle that
has been stationary for an hour or
two. The rear axle assembly must
be supported on a flat, level surface
to get a true reading.
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-26 Vehicle Care
How to Check Lubricant
Rear Axle for 2.5L Shown, Rear
Axle for 3.6L Similar
1. Drain Plug
2. Fill Plug
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.
If the level is below the bottom of
the fill plug (2) hole, located on the
rear axle, some lubricant will need
to be added. Add enough lubricant
to raise the level to the bottom of
the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not to
overtighten the plug.
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13 to
determine what kind of lubricant
to use.
Starter Switch Check
{Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. For automatic transmission
vehicles, try to start the engine
in each gear. The vehicle should
start only in P (Park) or
N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts
in any other position, contact
your dealer for service.
For manual transmission
vehicles, put the shift lever in
Neutral, push the clutch pedal
down halfway, and try to start
the engine. The vehicle should
start only when the clutch pedal
is pushed down all the way to
the floor. If the vehicle starts
when the clutch pedal is not
pushed all the way down,
contact your dealer for service.
Black plate (27,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-27
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check
{Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be
ready to apply the regular brake
immediately if the vehicle begins
to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
Ignition Transmission
Lock Check
While parked, and with the parking
brake set, try to turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
position.
.For automatic transmission
vehicles, the ignition should turn
to LOCK/OFF only when the
shift lever is in P (Park).
.For manual transmission
vehicles, the ignition should turn
to LOCK/OFF only when you
press the key release button.
On all vehicles, the ignition key
should come out only in LOCK/OFF.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check
{Warning
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
.To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
Black plate (28,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-28 Vehicle Care
.To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear or cracking.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper
windshield wiper blade length and
type, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 11-15.
{Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
the windshield when no wiper
blade is installed could damage
the windshield. Any damage that
occurs would not be covered by
your warranty. Do not allow the
wiper arm to touch the windshield.
To replace the windshield wiper
blade:
1. Pull the windshield wiper
assembly away from the
windshield.
2. Press the button (2) in the
middle of the wiper arm
connector, and pull the wiper
blade away from the arm
connector (1).
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
blade replacement.
Black plate (29,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-29
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.
Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
page 10-32.
For any bulb‐changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps
Headlamp
1. Open the hood.
2. If replacing a bulb on the
passenger side, remove the first
air baffle push pin.
3. Remove the headlamp bulb
cover by turning it
counterclockwise.
4. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out.
5. Unplug the electrical connector
from the old bulb by releasing
the clip on the bulb socket.
Black plate (30,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-30 Vehicle Care
Turn Signal/Sidemarker/
Parking Lamp
1. Open the hood.
2. If replacing a bulb on the
passenger side, remove the first
air baffle push pin.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out of the bulb socket.
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Lamps
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Remove the two rear lamp
assembly screws.
3. Pull the rear lamp assembly
outboard away from the box side
until the retainers release. There
will be a noise when the
retainers release.
4. Pull the rear lamp assembly
straight back to remove it from
the vehicle.
5. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise.
6. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
7. Replace the bulb, then insert the
bulb socket into the rear lamp
assembly and turn clockwise.
Black plate (31,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-31
9. Verify the retainer ring is in the
proper position. If the retainer
ring is out of position, it will not
engage. Reset the retainer by
pulling it forward with a tool.
10. Push the rear lamp assembly
straight in until it is seated
against the vehicle.
11. Make sure the rear lamp
assembly is flush with the
box side.
12. Reinstall the two rear lamp
assembly screws.
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp
1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs
2. Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) Bulb
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Remove the two screws and lift
off the lamp assembly.
2. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise and pull it
straight out.
3. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
Black plate (32,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-32 Vehicle Care
Replacement Bulbs
Exterior Lamp Bulb
Number
Back-up Lamp 921 (W16W)
Back-up Lamp* 1156
Cargo Lamp 921 (W16W)
Center
High-Mounted
Stoplamp
(CHMSL)
921LL
Front Turn Signal
Lamp and
Parking Lamp
7444NA-T
Sidemarker Lamp W5W LL
High-Beam
Headlamp
9005 LL
Exterior Lamp Bulb
Number
Low-Beam
Headlamp
H11 LL
Stoplamp/Taillamp/
Turn Signal Lamp
7443 W21/
5W LL-T
Stoplamp/Turn
Signal Lamp/
Taillamp*
1157
* Chassis Cab Models
For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.
Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload
The vehicle has fuses to protect
against an electrical system
overload. Fuses also protect power
devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, there
is a fuse puller in the Engine
Compartment Fuse Block. Replace
the fuse as soon as possible with
one of the same amperage rating.
Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
Black plate (33,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-33
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Fuses
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by
fuses. This greatly reduces the
chance of fires caused by electrical
problems.
Look at the silver-colored band
inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
you replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.
If a fuse goes out, replace the fuse
as soon as you can.
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
The engine compartment fuse block
is in the engine compartment, on
the driver side of the vehicle.
Lift the cover to access the fuse
block.
{Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
A fuse puller is available inside this
fuse block.
Black plate (34,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-34 Vehicle Care
Black plate (35,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-35
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Mini Fuses
(2 pin)
Usage
F01 Traction Control
Module Power
F02 Engine Control
Module Power
F03 Air Conditioning
Compressor Clutch
F04 Not Used
F05 Fuel Module
Ignition
F07 Cargo Lamp
F08 Fuel Injectors
- Even
F09 Fuel Injectors
- Odd
F10 Engine Control
Module
F11 Miscellaneous 1
Ignition
Mini Fuses
(2 pin)
Usage
F13 Traction Control
Module
F14 Not Used
F15 Not Used
F16 Not Used
F17 Front Axle Actuator
F18 Not Used
F19 Aeroshutters
F20 Not Used
F23 Not Used
F29 Not Used
F30 Heated Seat
Power 1
F31 Not Used
F32 Heated Seat
Power 2
F33 Body Control
Module 3
Mini Fuses
(2 pin)
Usage
F34 Fuel System
Control Module
F35 Not Used
F36 Center High
Mounted
Stop Lamp
F37 Right High-Beam
Headlamp
F38 Left High-Beam
Headlamp
F39 Not Used
F40 Not Used
F46 Not Used
F47 Miscellaneous 2
Ignition
F48 Fog Lamps (If
Equipped)
F49 Not Used
F50 Trailer Park Lamps
F51 Horn
Black plate (36,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-36 Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses
(2 pin)
Usage
F52 Not Used
F53 Not Used
F54 Not Used
F55 Not Used
F56 Washer Pump
F57 Not Used
F58 Not Used
F60 Mirrors Defogger
F61 Not Used
F62 Canister Vent
Solenoid
F63 Not Used
F64 Trailer
Reverse Lamp
F65 Left Trailer Stop/
Turn Lamps
Mini Fuses
(2 pin)
Usage
F66 Right Trailer Stop/
Turn Lamps
F67 Electric Power
Steering
F68 Not Used
F69 Battery Regulated
Voltage Control
F70 Not Used
F71 Not Used
J-Case
Fuses (Low
Profile)
Usage
F06 Wipers
F12 Starter
F21 Front Blower
F22 Antilock Brake
System Valves
J-Case
Fuses (Low
Profile)
Usage
F24 Trailer
F25 Transfer Case
Electronic Control
F26 Antilock Brake
System Pump
F27 Trailer Brake
Control Module
F28 Rear Window
Defogger
F41 Not Used
F42 Not Used
F43 Cooling Fan
F44 Not Used
F45 Brake
Vacuum Pump
F59 Not Used
Black plate (37,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-37
Midi Fuses Usage
F72 Not Used
F73 Not Used
F74 Generator
F75 Not Used
Micro
Relays
Usage
K01 Air Conditioning
Compressor Clutch
K02 Starter
K03 Not Used
K04 Wipers Speed
K05 Wipers Control
K06 Cargo Lamp
Micro
Relays
Usage
K08 Not Used
K09 Not Used
K10 Not Used
K11 Center High
Mounted
Stop Lamp
K12 Not Used
K13 Vacuum Pump
K14 Park Lamps
Mini Relays Usage
K07 Powertrain
K15 Run/Crank
K17 Rear Window
Defogger
Solid State
Relay
Usage
K16 Not Used
Black plate (38,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-38 Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block
The instrument panel fuse block is
behind the passenger side cowl side
trim panel. Remove the plastic nut
at the front of the cover, then pull
the cover away from the trim panel
to access the fuse block.
The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays,
and features shown.
Black plate (39,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-39
Micro
Fuse
(2 Pin)
Usage
F01 Body Control
Module 1
F04 Steering Wheel
Controls
F05 Body Control
Module 2
F08 Mirror Window
Module
F09 Instrument Cluster
F10 Not Used
F11 Body Control
Module 8
F12 Not Used
F14 Radio/HMI
F15 Body Control
Module 6
F16 Not Used
F17 Body Control
Module 4
Micro
Fuse
(2 Pin)
Usage
F19 Not Used
F20 Amplifier (if equipped)
F21 Not Used
F22 Not Used
F24 Heating, Ventilation,
and Air Conditioning
Ignition
F25 Body Control
Module 7
F26 Not Used
F27 Not Used
F29 Miscellaneous Ignition
F31 Front Camera
F32 Steering Wheel
Controls Backlighting
F34 Not Used
F35 Park, Reverse,
Neutral, Drive, Low
Micro
Fuse
(2 Pin)
Usage
F36 Discrete Logic Ignition
Sensor
F38 Not Used
Micro
Fuse
(3 Pin)
Usage
F13 OnStar/Heating,
Ventilation, and Air
Conditioning
F18 Airbag
F23 Data Link
Connector/USDB
F28 Instrument Panel/
Sensing and
Diagnostic Module
Ignition
F33 Not Used
Black plate (40,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-40 Vehicle Care
Micro
J-Case
Fuse
Usage
F02 Not Used
F03 Not Used
F06 Not Used
F07 Not Used
F39 Auxiliary Power
Outlet 2
F41 Auxiliary Power Outlet
1/Lighter
F42 Left Power Window
F43 Driver Power Seat
F45 Right Power Window
F46 Passenger
Power Seat
J-Case
Fuse
Usage
F30 Not Used
F40 Auxiliary Power Outlet
F44 Auxiliary Power Outlet
Mini Fuse
(2 Pins)
Usage
F37 Not Used
Micro
Relay
Usage
K1 Retained Accessory
Power/Accessory
K2 Run/Crank
Wheels and Tires
Tires
Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer.
See the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
{Warning
.Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.
.Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much flexing.
There could be a blowout
(Continued)
Black plate (41,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-41
Warning (Continued)
and a serious crash. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-14.
.Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.
.Overinflated tires are more
likely to be cut, punctured,
or broken by a sudden
impact —such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep
tires at the recommended
pressure.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the tread
is badly worn,
replace them.
.Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.
.Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.
.Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.
All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
all-season tires. These tires are
designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces
and weather conditions. Original
equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
have a TPC specification code
molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they
may not offer the same level of
traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
See Winter Tires on page 10-42.
Black plate (42,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-42 Vehicle Care
Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered
roads is expected. See your dealer
for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires on
page 10-56.
With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
.Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
.Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.
All-Terrain Tires
This vehicle may have all-terrain
tires. These tires provide good
performance on most road surfaces,
weather conditions, and for off-road
driving. See Off-Road Driving on
page 9-5.
The tread pattern on these tires may
wear more quickly than other tires.
Consider rotating the tires more
frequently than at 12 000 km
(7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear
is noted when the tires are
inspected. See Tire Inspection on
page 10-53.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into its sidewall. The
examples show a typical
passenger vehicle tire and a
compact spare tire sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
(1) Tire Size:The tire size is a
combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
Black plate (43,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-43
and service description. See the
“Tire Size”illustration later in this
section.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification):Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation):The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture:The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week (01–
52) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(4) Tire Identification Number
(TIN):The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material:The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG):Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more information
see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading on page 10-58.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit:Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
Compact Spare Tire Example
(1) Tire Ply Material:The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
Black plate (44,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-44 Vehicle Care
(2) Temporary Use Only:The
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire should not be driven at
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use when a regular
road tire has lost air and gone
flat. If the vehicle has a compact
spare tire, see Compact Spare
Tire on page 10-72 and If a Tire
Goes Flat on page 10-61.
(3) Tire Identification Number
(TIN):The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit:Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
(5) Tire Inflation:The
temporary use tire or compact
spare tire should be inflated to
420 kPa (60 psi). For more
information on tire pressure and
inflation see Tire Pressure on
page 10-48.
(6) Tire Size:A combination of
letters and numbers define a
tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
construction type, and service
description. The letter T as the
first character in the tire size
means the tire is for temporary
use only.
(7) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification):Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
Tire Designations
Tire Size
The following is an example of a
typical passenger vehicle
tire size.
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
Black plate (45,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-45
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width:The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio:A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide.
(4) Construction Code:A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B
means belted-bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter:Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description:These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure:The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight:The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio:The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt:A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Bead:The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire:A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure:The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
Black plate (46,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-46 Vehicle Care
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
on page 10-48.
Curb Weight:The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings:A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR:Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-14.
GAWR FRT:Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-14.
GAWR RR:Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-14.
Intended Outboard Sidewall:
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa):The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire:A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index:An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure:
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating:The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight:The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight:The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-14.
Occupant Distribution:
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall:The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
Black plate (47,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-47
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure:Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure on page 10-48 and
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-14.
Radial Ply Tire:A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim:A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall:The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating:An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction:The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread:The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Treadwear Indicators:Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
on page 10-55.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards):A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading on
page 10-58.
Black plate (48,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-48 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Capacity Weight:The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-14.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire:Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard:A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label”under Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9-14.
Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.
{Caution
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
.Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.
.Premature or
irregular wear.
.Poor handling.
.Reduced fuel economy.
Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:
.Unusual wear.
.Poor handling.
.Rough ride.
.Needless damage from
road hazards.
The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity. See
Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9-14.
How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride
comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
When to Check
Check the tires once a month or
more. Do not forget to check the
spare tire. If the vehicle has a
compact spare tire, it should be
at 420 kPa (60 psi).
Black plate (49,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-49
See Compact Spare Tire on
page 10-72 and Full-Size Spare
Tire on page 10-73 for additional
information.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Re-check the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Return the valve caps on the
valve stems to prevent leaks
and keep out dirt and moisture.
Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Black plate (50,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-50 Vehicle Care
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10-50.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-12.
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
the tires and transmit the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.
When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-14.
A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC) display.
The low tire pressure warning light
and the DIC warning message come
on at each ignition cycle until the
tires are inflated to the correct
inflation pressure. Using the DIC,
Black plate (51,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-51
tire pressure levels can be viewed.
For additional information and
details about the DIC operation and
displays see Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5-22.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and must
be inflated to the proper pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-14, for an example
of the Tire and Loading Information
label and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure on page 10-48.
The TPMS can warn about a
low tire pressure condition but it
does not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
on page 10-53,Tire Rotation on
page 10-54 and Tires on
page 10-40.
{Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire warning light flashes for
about one minute and then stays on
for the remainder of the ignition
cycle. A DIC warning message also
displays. The malfunction light and
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the problem
is corrected. Some of the conditions
that can cause these to come
on are:
.One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire.
The spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and DIC message should
go off after the road tire is
replaced and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor
Matching Process" later in this
section.
Black plate (52,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-52 Vehicle Care
.The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor matching process. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
.One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The DIC
message and the malfunction
light should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
your dealer for service.
.Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires on page 10-56.
.Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire condition. See your dealer
for service if the TPMS malfunction
light and DIC message come on
and stay on.
TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
tires or replacing one or more of the
TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor
matching process should also be
performed after replacing a spare
tire with a road tire containing the
TPMS sensor. The malfunction light
and the DIC message should go off
at the next ignition cycle. The
sensors are matched to the tire/
wheel positions, using a TPMS
relearn tool, in the following order:
driver side front tire, passenger side
front tire, passenger side rear tire,
and driver side rear. See your
dealer for service or to purchase a
relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool
can also be purchased.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Sensor Activation Tool at
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657).
There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
Black plate (53,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-53
3. Use the MENU button to select
the Vehicle Information menu in
the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to
the Tire Pressure Menu item
screen.
5. Press the SET/CLR button to
begin the sensor matching
process.
A message requesting
acceptance of the process
should display.
6. Press the SET/CLR button again
to confirm the selection.
The horn sounds twice to signal
the receiver is in relearn mode
and the TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message displays on
the DIC screen.
7. Start with the driver side
front tire.
8. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
9. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 8.
10. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 8.
11. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 8. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.
12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
13. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
.The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.
.There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.
.The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.
.The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
Black plate (54,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-54 Vehicle Care
.The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.
Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule on
page 11-3.
Tires are rotated to achieve a
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.
Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment.
See When It Is Time for New
Tires on page 10-55 and Wheel
Replacement on page 10-60.
Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.
Do not include the spare tire in
the tire rotation.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated.
See Tire Pressure on
page 10-48 and Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9-14.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on
page 10-50.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque”under Capacities
and Specifications on
page 12-2.
{Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
(Continued)
Black plate (55,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-55
Warning (Continued)
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.
When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors, such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.
Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. Some
commercial truck tires may not have
treadwear indicators. See Tire
Inspection on page 10-53 and Tire
Rotation on page 10-54 for
additional information.
The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) which is molded into
one side of the tire sidewall. The
first two digits represent the week
(01-52) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third week of
the year 2010 would have a
four-digit DOT date of 0310.
Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free
of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
Black plate (56,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-56 Vehicle Care
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same
TPC Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance.
GM's TPC Spec number is
molded onto the tire's sidewall
near the tire size. If the tires
have an all-season tread design,
the TPC Spec number will be
followed by MS for mud and
snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling on page 10-42 for
additional information.
GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle.
Braking and handling
performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation on page 10-54 for
information on proper tire
rotation. However, if it is
necessary to replace only one
axle set of worn tires, place the
new tires on the rear axle.
{Warning
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.
{Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels.
(Continued)
Black plate (57,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-57
Warning (Continued)
This vehicle may have a
different size spare than the
road tires originally installed
on the vehicle. When new, the
vehicle included a spare tire
and wheel assembly with a
similar overall diameter as the
road tires and wheels, so it is
all right to drive on it. The
spare tire was developed for
use on this vehicle and will not
affect vehicle handling.
{Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
tires’maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a
lower speed rating.
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System on page 10-49.
The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-14 for the label
location and more information
about the Tire and Loading
Information label.
Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, electronic stability control,
Black plate (58,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-58 Vehicle Care
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.
{Warning
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires on
page 10-56 and Accessories and
Modifications on page 10-3.
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires
by treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
Black plate (59,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-59
graded 150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are
A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C corresponds to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check
if there is unusual tire wear or the
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
Black plate (60,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-60 Vehicle Care
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.
{Warning
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
{Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.
Used Replacement Wheels
{Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.
Black plate (61,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-61
Tire Chains
{Warning
If the vehicle has 255/65R17 AT,
265/60R18 or 265/70R16 size
tires, do not use tire chains. They
can damage the vehicle because
there is not enough clearance.
Tire chains used on a vehicle
without the proper amount of
clearance can cause damage to
the brakes, suspension, or other
vehicle parts. The area damaged
by the tire chains could cause you
to lose control of the vehicle and
you or others may be injured in a
crash.
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for use on the
vehicle and tire size combination
and road conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
help avoid damage to the vehicle,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
drive slowly, readjust, or remove
the device if it is contacting the
vehicle, and do not spin the
vehicle's wheels.
If you do find traction devices that
will fit, install them on the rear
tires.
{Caution
If the vehicle has a tire size other
than 255/65R17 AT, 265/60R18 or
265/70R16, use tire chains only
where legal and only when you
must. Use chains that are the
proper size for the tires. Install
them on the tires of the rear axle.
Do not use chains on the tires of
the front axle. Tighten them as
tightly as possible with the ends
securely fastened. Drive slowly
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
and follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions. If you
can hear the chains contacting
the vehicle, stop and retighten
them. If the contact continues,
slow down until it stops. Driving
too fast or spinning the wheels
with chains on will damage the
vehicle.
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blowout
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. If air goes
out of a tire, it is much more likely to
leak out slowly. But if there ever is a
blowout, here are a few tips about
what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
Black plate (62,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-62 Vehicle Care
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
{Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.
{Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6-4.
{Warning
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire.
To help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. For four-wheel-drive
vehicles, be sure the
transfer case is in a drive
gear–not in N (Neutral).
4. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
(Continued)
Black plate (63,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-63
Warning (Continued)
5. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
6. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
corner of the tire being
changed.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire
The following information explains
how to use the jack and change
a tire.
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
Crew Cab
To access and remove the jack and
tools:
1. Lift the rear seat to access the
tool bag.
2. Remove the straps to remove
the tool bag.
3. Fold the rear seat to access
the jack.
4. Turn the knob on the jack (2)
counterclockwise to lower the
jack head to release the jack
from its holder.
5. Turn the wing nut (1)
counterclockwise to remove the
jack and wheel blocks.
Black plate (64,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-64 Vehicle Care
Extended Cab
1. Jack Cover
2. Tool Bag Cover
To access and remove the jack
and tools:
1. Pull the bottom of the jack
cover (1) forward to remove it.
2. Pull the lower access pocket
forward and then upward to
remove the tool bag cover (2).
3. Turn the knob on the jack (1)
counterclockwise to lower the
jack head to release the jack
from its holder.
4. Turn the wing nut (2)
counterclockwise to remove the
jack and wheel blocks.
5. Turn the wing nut (3)
counterclockwise to remove the
tool bag.
Use the jack handle extensions and
the wheel wrench to remove the
underbody-mounted spare tire.
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
Pointed Down)
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
3. Hoist Cable
4. Hoist Assembly
5. Hoist Shaft
6. Jack Handle Extensions
7. Wheel Wrench
8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped)
9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
Black plate (65,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-65
1. Open the spare tire lock cover
on the bumper.
Insert the ignition key, turn, and
pull straight out to remove the
spare tire lock (8), if equipped.
2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7)
and the two jack handle
extensions (6), as shown.
3. Insert the hoist end (open
end) (10) of the extension
through the hole (9) in the rear
bumper.
Do not use the chiseled end of
the wheel wrench.
Be sure the hoist end of the
extension (10) connects to the
hoist shaft. The ribbed square
end of the extension is used to
lower the spare tire.
4. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel
wrench until the spare tire can
be pulled out from under the
vehicle.
5. Pull the spare tire out from under
the vehicle.
6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle
with some slack in the cable to
access the tire/wheel retainer.
Tilt the retainer and pull it
through the center of the wheel
along with the cable and spring.
7. Put the spare tire near the
flat tire.
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
Use the following pictures and
instructions to remove the flat tire
and raise the vehicle.
Black plate (66,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-66 Vehicle Care
1. Jack
2. Wheel Blocks
3. Jack Handle
4. Jack Handle Extension
5. Wheel Wrench
The tools you will be using include
the jack (1), the wheel blocks (2),
the jack handle (3), the jack handle
extensions (4), and the wheel
wrench (5).
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat on page 10-61 for more
information.
2. If the wheel has a center cap
that covers the lug nuts, place
the chisel end of the wheel
wrench in each of the slots in
the cap, and gently pry it out.
3. Use the wheel wrench and turn it
counterclockwise to loosen the
wheel nuts. Do not remove the
wheel nuts yet.
Front Position
4. Position the jack under the
vehicle, as shown. If the flat tire
is on the front of the vehicle,
position the jack under the
bracket attached to the vehicle's
frame, behind the flat tire.
Black plate (67,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-67
Rear Position
5. If the flat tire is on the rear,
position the jack under the rear
axle about 5 cm (2 in) inboard of
the shock absorber bracket.
Make sure that the jack head is
positioned so that the rear axle
is resting securely between the
grooves that are on the
jack head.
{Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
6. Turn the wheel wrench
clockwise to raise the vehicle.
Raise the vehicle far enough off
the ground so there is enough
room for the spare tire to fit
under the wheel well.
7. Remove all the wheel nuts and
take off the flat tire.
{Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
(Continued)
Black plate (68,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-68 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.
8. Remove any rust or dirt from the
wheel bolts, mounting surfaces,
and spare wheel.
9. Install the spare tire.
{Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
10. Put the wheel nuts back on
with the rounded end of the
nuts toward the wheel.
11. Tighten each wheel nut by
hand. Then use the wheel
wrench to tighten the nuts until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
12. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
vehicle. Lower the jack
completely.
{Warning
If wheel studs are damaged, they
can break. If all the studs on a
wheel broke, the wheel could
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
come off and cause a crash.
If any stud is damaged because
of a loose-running wheel, it could
be that all of the studs are
damaged. To be sure, replace all
studs on the wheel. If the stud
holes in a wheel have become
larger, the wheel could collapse in
operation. Replace any wheel if
its stud holes have become larger
or distorted in any way. Inspect
hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for
damage. Because of loose
running wheels, piloting pad
damage may occur and require
replacement of the entire hub, for
proper centering of the wheels.
When replacing studs, hubs,
wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to
use GM original equipment parts.
Black plate (69,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-69
{Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications on page 12-2 for
original equipment wheel nut
torque specifications.
{Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12-2 for the wheel nut
torque specification.
13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a
crisscross sequence, as
shown, by turning the wheel
wrench clockwise.
When reinstalling the regular wheel
and tire, also reinstall the center
cap. Place the cap on the wheel
and push it into place until it seats.
The cap may only go on one way.
Be sure to line up any tabs on the
center cap with corresponding
indentations on the wheel.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
{Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
Black plate (70,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-70 Vehicle Care
{Caution
Storing an aluminum wheel with a
flat tire under your vehicle for an
extended period of time or with
the valve stem pointing up can
damage the wheel. Always stow
the wheel with the valve stem
pointing down and have the
wheel/tire repaired as soon as
possible.
{Caution
The tire hoist can be damaged if
there is no tension on the cable
when using it. To have the
necessary tension, the spare or
road tire and wheel assembly
must be installed on the tire hoist
to use it.
Store the tire under the rear of the
vehicle in the spare tire carrier.
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
Pointed Down)
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
3. Hoist Cable
4. Hoist Assembly
5. Hoist Shaft
6. Jack Handle Extensions
7. Wheel Wrench
8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped)
9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
1. Put the tire on the ground at the
rear of the vehicle with the valve
stem pointed down, and to
the rear.
2. Pull the cable and spring
through the center of the wheel.
Tilt the wheel retainer plate
down and through the center
wheel.
Make sure the retainer is fully
seated across the underside of
the wheel.
3. Attach the wheel wrench (7) and
extensions (6) together, as
shown.
Black plate (71,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-71
4. Insert the hoist end (10) through
the hole (9) in the rear bumper
and onto the hoist shaft.
Do not use the chiseled end of
the wheel wrench.
5. Raise the tire part way upward.
Make sure the retainer is seated
in the wheel opening.
6. Raise the tire fully against the
underside of the vehicle by
turning the wheel wrench
clockwise until you hear two
clicks or feel it skip twice. You
cannot overtighten the cable.
7. Make sure the tire is stored
securely and flush in the
radius (2) of the spare tire
support bracket (1). Push, pull,
and then try to turn the tire. If the
tire moves, use the wheel
wrench to tighten the cable.
8. Reinstall the spare tire lock,
if the vehicle has one.
To store the jack and tools, reverse
the steps for removing them.
1. Wheel Wrench
2. Jack Handle
3. Jack Handle Extensions
4. Wing nut
For extended cab models, be sure
to replace the wheel wrench (1),
jack handle (2), and two jack handle
Black plate (72,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-72 Vehicle Care
extensions (3) in the bag, as shown,
so it can be properly stored in the
storage compartment.
Be sure to fully tighten the wing
nut (4) so the tool bag cover can be
properly and securely closed.
Compact Spare Tire
{Warning
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and
handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.
If this vehicle has a compact spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new;
however, it can lose air over time.
Check the inflation pressure
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and check
that the spare tire is correctly
inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is
designed for temporary use only.
The vehicle will perform differently
with the spare tire installed and it is
recommended that the vehicle
speed be limited to 80 km/h
(50 mph). To conserve the tread of
the spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire
to the storage area.
When using a compact spare tire,
the ABS and Traction Control
systems may engage until the spare
tire is recognized by the vehicle,
especially on slippery roads. Adjust
driving to reduce possible
wheel slip.
{Caution
When the compact spare is
installed, do not take the vehicle
through an automatic car wash
with guide rails. The compact
spare can get caught on the rails
which can damage the tire, wheel,
and other parts of the vehicle.
Do not use the compact spare on
other vehicles.
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
wheel with other wheels or tires.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
and its wheel together.
{Caution
Tire chains will not fit the compact
spare. Using them can damage
the vehicle and the chains. Do not
use tire chains on the compact
spare.
Black plate (73,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-73
{Caution
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive
and a different size spare tire is
installed, do not drive in
four-wheel drive until the flat tire
is repaired and/or replaced. The
vehicle could be damaged and
the repairs would not be covered
by the warranty. Never use
four-wheel drive when a different
size spare tire is installed on the
vehicle.
Full-Size Spare Tire
If this vehicle came with a full-size
spare tire, it was fully inflated when
new, however, it can lose air over
time. Check the inflation pressure
regularly. See Tire Pressure on
page 10-48 and Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-14. For instructions on
how to remove, install, or store a
spare tire, see Tire Changing on
page 10-63.
{Caution
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive
and a different size spare tire is
installed, do not drive in
four-wheel drive until the flat tire
is repaired and/or replaced. The
vehicle could be damaged and
the repairs would not be covered
by the warranty. Never use
four-wheel drive when a different
size spare tire is installed on the
vehicle.
The vehicle may have a different
size spare tire than the road tires
originally installed on the vehicle.
This spare tire was developed for
use on this vehicle, so it is all right
to drive on it. If the vehicle has
four-wheel drive and a different size
spare tire is installed, drive only in
two-wheel drive.
After installing the spare tire on the
vehicle, stop as soon as possible
and check that the spare tire is
correctly inflated.
Have the damaged or flat road tire
repaired or replaced and installed
back onto the vehicle as soon as
possible so the spare tire will be
available in case it is needed again.
Do not mix tires and wheels of
different sizes, because they will not
fit. Keep your spare tire and its
wheel together. If the vehicle has a
spare tire that does not match the
original road tires and wheels in size
and type, do not include the spare in
the tire rotation.
Black plate (74,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-74 Vehicle Care
Jump Starting
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery on
page 10-23.
If the battery has run down, try to
use another vehicle and some
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
Be sure to use the following steps to
do it safely.
{Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
.They contain acid that can
burn you.
.They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
.They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.
{Caution
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.
1. Discharged Battery Negative
Grounding Stud
2. Discharged Battery Positive
Terminal
3. Good Battery Negative
Terminal
4. Good Battery Positive
Terminal
The jump start negative grounding
stud (1) for the discharged battery is
to the left of the windshield washer
fluid reservoir.
The jump start positive terminal on
the discharged battery (2) is located
in the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle.
The jump start positive terminal (3)
and negative terminal (4) are on the
battery of the vehicle providing the
jump start.
The positive jump start connection
for the discharged battery is under a
trim cover. Open the cover to
expose the terminal.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must
have a 12-volt battery with a
negative ground system.
Black plate (75,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-75
{Caution
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.
2. Position the two vehicles so that
they are not touching.
3. Set the parking brake firmly and
put the shift lever in P (Park)
with an automatic transmission,
or N (Neutral) with a manual
transmission.
{Caution
If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Turn off all lights and
accessories in both vehicles,
except the hazard warning
flashers if needed.
{Warning
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
{Warning
Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
light.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
{Warning
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
Black plate (76,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-76 Vehicle Care
5. Connect one end of the
red positive (+) cable to the
positive (+) terminal on the
discharged battery.
6. Connect the other end of the
red positive (+) cable to the
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery.
7. Connect one end of the
black negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) terminal of the good
battery.
8. Connect the other end of the
black negative (–) cable to the
negative (–) grounding stud for
the discharged battery.
9. Start the engine in the vehicle
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
{Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
Towing the Vehicle
{Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck.
If a wheel lift tow truck is used, the
drive wheels cannot contact the
road while the vehicle is being
towed. A wheel dolly must be used
to lift all drive wheels off the ground.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.
Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle, such as a motor home. The
two most common types of
Black plate (77,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-77
recreational vehicle towing are
dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy
towing is towing the vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground. Dolly
towing is towing the vehicle with two
wheels on the ground and two
wheels on a dolly.
Follow the tow vehicle
manufacturer’s instructions. See
your dealer or trailering professional
for additional advice and equipment
recommendations.
{Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle.
Dinghy Towing
Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
{Caution
If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is
towed with all four wheels on the
ground, the drivetrain
components could be damaged.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
be towed with all four wheels on the
ground.
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive
vehicles with a two-speed transfer
case that have an N (Neutral) and a
Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 (n) setting.
Black plate (78,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-78 Vehicle Care
{Warning
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
Follow these steps to dinghy tow:
1. Position the vehicle being towed
behind the tow vehicle, facing
forward and on a level surface.
2. Securely attach the vehicle
being towed to the tow vehicle.
3. Apply the parking brake and
start the engine.
4. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
N (Neutral)”under Four-Wheel
Drive on page 9-37 for the
proper procedure. Check that
the vehicle is in N (Neutral) by
shifting the transmission to
R (Reverse) and then to
D (Drive). There should be no
movement of the vehicle while
shifting.
5. With the transmission in
D (Drive), turn the ignition to
ACC/ACCESSORY.
{Caution
Failure to disconnect the negative
battery cable or to have it contact
the terminals can cause damage
to the vehicle.
6. Disconnect the negative battery
cable at the battery and secure
the nut and bolt. Cover the
negative battery post with a
non-conductive material to
prevent any contact with the
negative battery terminal.
7. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).
{Caution
If the steering column is locked,
vehicle damage may occur.
8. Move the steering wheel to
make sure the steering column
is unlocked.
9. Release the parking brake.
10. Keep the ignition key in the
towed vehicle in ACC/
ACCESSORY to prevent the
steering column from locking.
Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle
Before disconnecting the towed
vehicle:
1. Park on a level surface.
2. Set the parking brake, shift the
transmission to P (Park), and
move the ignition key to OFF.
3. Connect the battery.
4. Apply the brake pedal.
Black plate (79,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-79
5. Start the engine, then shift the
transfer case out of N (Neutral)
to Two-Wheel Drive High. See
Four-Wheel Drive for directions
on shifting out of N (Neutral).
6. Check that the vehicle is in
Two-Wheel Drive High by
shifting the transmission to
R (Reverse) and then to
D (Drive). There should be
movement of the vehicle while
shifting.
7. Shift the transmission to
P (Park) and turn off the ignition.
8. Disconnect the vehicle from the
tow vehicle.
9. Release the parking brake.
10. Reset any lost presets.
The outside temperature
display will default to 32°F but
will reset with normal usage.
Dolly Towing
Front Towing (Front Wheels Off
the Ground) –Two-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles
{Caution
If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is
towed with the rear wheels on the
ground, the transmission could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
warranty. Never tow the vehicle
with the rear wheels on the
ground.
Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not
be towed with the rear wheels on
the ground. Two-wheel-drive
transmissions have no provisions
for internal lubrication while being
towed.
To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive
vehicle, the vehicle must be towed
with the rear wheels on the dolly.
See “Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off
the Ground)”later in this section.
Black plate (80,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-80 Vehicle Care
Front Towing (Front Wheels Off
the Ground) –Four-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles
To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive
vehicle from the front:
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Drive the front wheels onto the
dolly.
3. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).
4. Set the parking brake.
{Warning
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
5. Use a clamping device designed
for towing to ensure that the
front wheels are locked into the
straight position.
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's
instructions.
7. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
N (Neutral)”under Four-Wheel
Drive on page 9-37 for the
proper procedure.
8. Release the parking brake only
after the vehicle being towed is
firmly attached to the tow
vehicle.
9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off
the Ground)
Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive
vehicle from the rear:
1. Drive the rear wheels onto
the dolly.
Black plate (81,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-81
2. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake on page 9-42.
3. Put the transmission in P (Park).
4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's
instructions.
5. Use a clamping device designed
for towing to ensure that the
front wheels are locked into the
straight position.
6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles
{Warning
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle
to roll even if the transmission is
in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
before shifting the transfer case
to N (Neutral).
To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive
vehicle from the rear:
1. Drive the rear wheels onto the
dolly.
2. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake on page 9-42.
3. Put the transmission in P (Park).
4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly
following the manufacturer's
instructions.
5. Use a clamping device designed
for towing to ensure that the
front wheels are locked into the
straight position.
6. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
Neutral”under Four-Wheel Drive
on page 9-37 for the proper
procedure.
7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13.
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
{Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
(Continued)
Black plate (82,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-82 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
products can be obtained from
your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product.
{Caution
Avoid using high-pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint
and decals.
This symbol eis on any
underhood compartment electrical
center that should not be power
washed. This could cause damage
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
If using an automatic car wash,
follow with the car wash
instructions. The windshield wiper
and rear window wiper, if equipped,
must be off. Remove any
accessories that may be damaged
or interfere with the car wash
equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.
Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.
Black plate (83,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-83
{Caution
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings
{Caution
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum. To prevent
damage always follow these
cleaning instructions:
.Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
cleaning solution.
.Use a cleaning solution
approved for aluminum. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or
contain alkaline substances and
can damage the moldings.
.Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
.Do not use chrome cleaners.
.Do not use cleaners that are not
intended for automotive use.
.Use a nonabrasive wax on the
vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish.
Spray-In Bedliner Care
A spray-in bedliner is a permanent
coating that bonds to the truck bed
and cannot be removed. Promptly
rinse the bedliner surface following
a chemical spill to avoid permanent
damage.
Spray-in bedliners can fade from
oxidation, road dirt, heavy-duty
hauling, and hard water stains.
Clean it periodically by washing off
the loose dirt and using a mild
detergent. To restore the original
appearance, apply the bedliner
conditioner available through your
dealer.
{Caution
Using silicone-based products
may damage the bedliner, reduce
the slip-resistant texture, and
attract dirt.
Black plate (84,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-84 Vehicle Care
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses, Emblems, Decals and
Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses and
emblems, decals and stripes. Follow
instructions under "Washing the
Vehicle" previously in this section.
Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating. Do not clean or wipe them
while they are dry.
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
.Abrasive or caustic agents.
.Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the
manufacturer.
.Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners.
.Ice scrapers or other hard items.
.Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated.
{Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
{Caution
Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
gloss level and create a
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.
Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield,
when washing the vehicle.
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.
Weatherstrips
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips
once a year. Hot, dry climates may
require more frequent application.
Black marks from rubber material on
painted surfaces can be removed by
Black plate (85,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-85
rubbing with a clean cloth. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13.
Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.
{Caution
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
or tires. When applying a tire
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.
Wheels and Trim —Aluminum
or Chrome
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.
{Caution
Chrome wheels and other chrome
trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium, calcium,
or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust.
Always wash the chrome with
soap and water after exposure.
{Caution
To avoid surface damage, do not
use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners,
brushes, or cleaners that
contain acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels through an
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year.
Inspect power steering for proper
hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc.
Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel
fuel door hinge and power assist
step hinges, unless the components
Black plate (86,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-86 Vehicle Care
are plastic. Applying silicone grease
on weatherstrips with a clean cloth
will make them last longer, seal
better, and not stick or squeak
Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, spring and fall
use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the
underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.
Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
surface. Refer to “Finish Care”
previously in this section.
Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils. Note
that newspapers or dark garments
that can transfer color to home
furnishings can also permanently
transfer color to the vehicle's
interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
Your dealer may have products for
cleaning the interior. Use cleaners
specifically designed for the
surfaces being cleaned to prevent
permanent damage. Apply all
cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly
on any switches or controls.
Cleaners should be removed
quickly. Never allow cleaners to
remain on the surface being
cleaned for extended periods
of time.
Cleaners may contain solvents that
can become concentrated in the
interior. Before using cleaners, read
and adhere to all safety instructions
on the label. While cleaning the
interior, maintain adequate
ventilation by opening the
doors and windows.
Black plate (87,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-87
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
.Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove a soil
from any interior surface.
.Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.
.Never rub any surface
aggressively or with excessive
pressure.
.Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
leave a residue that creates
streaks and attracts dirt. Do not
use solutions that contain strong
or caustic soap.
.Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.
.Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
Commercial glass cleaners may be
used, if necessary, after cleaning
the interior glass with plain water.
{Caution
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
aggressive cleaning may damage
the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog.
Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with just
water and mild soap.
Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
.When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft lint-free cloth
dampened with water.
.When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating brush attachment is being
used during vacuuming, only use it
on the floor carpet. Before cleaning,
gently remove as much of the soil
as possible using one of the
following techniques:
.Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
.For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
Black plate (88,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-88 Vehicle Care
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean lint-free
colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is recommended
to prevent lint transfer to the
fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Rotate the cleaning cloth
to a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
Following the cleaning process, a
paper towel can be used to blot
excess moisture.
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
For vehicles with high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
Before wiping the surface with the
microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
brush to remove dirt that could
scratch the surface. Then use the
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to
clean. Never use window cleaners
or solvents. Periodically hand wash
the microfiber cloth separately,
using mild soap. Do not use bleach
or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
and air dry before next use.
{Caution
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the warranty.
Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and
Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.
{Caution
Soaking or saturating leather,
especially perforated leather, as
well as other interior surfaces,
(Continued)
Black plate (89,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Vehicle Care 10-89
Caution (Continued)
may cause permanent damage.
Wipe excess moisture from these
surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use
heat, steam, spot lifters, or spot
removers. Do not use cleaners
that contain silicone or wax-based
products. Cleaners containing
these solvents can permanently
change the appearance and feel
of leather or soft trim and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.
{Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics
and painted surfaces. If an air
freshener comes in contact with
any plastic or painted surface in
the vehicle, blot immediately and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
{Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
Black plate (90,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
10-90 Vehicle Care
Floor Mats
{Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage:
.The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
.Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
.Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
.Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
.Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
.Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats
Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
to unlock each retainer and remove.
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Service and Maintenance 11-1
Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-3
Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15
Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . 11-16
General Information
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with
service needs.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
11-2 Service and Maintenance
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
{Caution
Damage caused by improper
maintenance can lead to costly
repairs and may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services -
Normal are for vehicles that:
.Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9-14.
.Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
.Use the recommended fuel. See
Fuel on page 9-54.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services -
Severe are for vehicles that are:
.Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather.
.Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.
.Frequently towing a trailer.
.Used for high speed or
competitive driving.
.Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe chart.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Service and Maintenance 11-3
{Warning
Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work on page 10-3.
Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
.Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil on page 10-8.
Once a Month
.Check the tire inflation
pressures. See Tire Pressure on
page 10-48.
.Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection on page 10-53.
.Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-20.
Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system may not
indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
a year and the oil life system must
be reset. Your trained dealer
technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life
system when the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10-10.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
11-4 Service and Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter
The passenger compartment air
filter removes dust, pollen, and
other airborne irritants from outside
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
Inspect the passenger compartment
air filter every 36 000 km
(22,500 mi) or two years, whichever
comes first. Replace if necessary.
More frequent replacement may be
needed if the vehicle is driven in
areas with heavy traffic, areas with
poor air quality, or areas with high
dust levels. Replacement may also
be needed if there is a reduction in
air flow, excessive window fogging,
or odors.
Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi
Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation on page 10-54.
.Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil on page 10-8 and Engine Oil
Life System on page 10-10.
.Check engine coolant level. See
Engine Coolant on page 10-16.
.Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid on
page 10-20.
.Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior
Care on page 10-81. Replace
worn or damaged wiper blades.
See Wiper Blade Replacement
on page 10-28.
.Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure on
page 10-48.
.Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection on page 10-53.
.Visually check for fluid leaks.
.Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10-13.
.Inspect brake system.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Service and Maintenance 11-5
.Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of
wear. See Exterior Care on
page 10-81.
.Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check on page 3-15.
.Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.
.Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.
.Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care on page 10-81.
.Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check on page 10-26.
.Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check on
page 10-27.
.Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check on page 10-27.
.Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check on
page 10-27.
.Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
.Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
.Verify spare tire key lock
operation and lubricate as
needed. See Tire Changing on
page 10-63.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
11-6 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @@@@@@
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @@@
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @@@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7) @@@
Replace clutch fluid. (7) @@@
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Service and Maintenance 11-7
Footnotes —Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
(3) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case output seals. High
pressure water can overcome the
seals and contaminate the transfer
case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
decrease the life of the transfer
case and should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on
page 10-15.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) Or every three years, whichever
comes first.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
11-8 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @@@@@@
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @@@
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @@@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @@@
Change manual transmission fluid. @@@
Severe Service: Change transfer case fluid,
if equipped with 4WD. (4) @@@
Extreme Service: Change transfer case fluid,
if equipped with 4WD. (5) @@@@@@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (6) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @
Replace brake fluid. (8) @@@
Replace clutch fluid. (8) @@@
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Service and Maintenance 11-9
Footnotes —Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
(2) Or every four years, whichever
comes first.
(3) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case output seals. High
pressure water can overcome the
seals and contaminate the transfer
case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
decrease the life of the transfer
case and should be replaced.
(5) Extreme service for vehicles
mainly driven off-road in four-wheel
drive or used in farming, mining,
forestry, or Department of Natural
Resources (DNR). Do not directly
power wash the transfer case output
seals. High pressure water can
overcome the seals and
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
life of the transfer case and should
be replaced.
(6) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System on
page 10-15.
(7) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(8) Or every three years, whichever
comes first.
Special Application
Services
.Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every 5 000 km/
3,000 mi.
.Have underbody flushing service
performed. See "Underbody
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
on page 10-81.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
11-10 Service and Maintenance
Additional
Maintenance and Care
Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.
It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services —their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The battery supplies power to start
the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
.To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.
.Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.
Belts
.Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
.Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
.Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.
.Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.
Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13 for GM
approved fluids.
.Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
.Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Service and Maintenance 11-11
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.
Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
.Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
.With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
.Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
.As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money and fuel,
and can reduce the risk of tire
failure.
.Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.
.Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care on
page 10-86 and Exterior Care on
page 10-81.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
11-12 Service and Maintenance
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
.Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
.Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
.Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
.Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
.Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
.Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Service and Maintenance 11-13
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1™specification of the proper SAE
viscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approved
engine oil. See Engine Oil on page 10-8.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL
®
coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10-16.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Hydraulic Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON
®
-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Manual Transmission DEXRON
®
-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Floor Shift Linkage Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)
or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category LB or GC-LB.
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
11-14 Service and Maintenance
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Front and Rear Axle SAE 75W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, in
Canada 88863090).
Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON
®
-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges,
Body Door Hinge Pins, Tailgate
Hinge and Linkage, Tailgate Handle
Pivot Points, Hinges, Latch Bolt
Linkage, and Fuel Door Hinge
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in
Canada 10953437).
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Service and Maintenance 11-15
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 94775933 A3195C
Oil Filter
2.5L L4 12640445 PF64
3.6L V6 25177917 PF2129
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23135671 CF196
Spark Plugs
2.5L L4 12627160 41–115
3.6L V6 12622561 41–109
Wiper Blades
Driver Side –55 cm (21.7 in) 23117447 -
Passenger Side –45 cm (17.7 in) 23117448 -
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
11-16 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date Odometer
Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Black plate (17,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Service and Maintenance 11-17
Date Odometer
Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
11-18 Service and Maintenance
Date Odometer
Reading Serviced By Services Performed
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
on page 12-2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Service Parts
Identification Label
This label, on the inside of the glove
box, has the following information:
.Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.Model designation.
.Paint information.
.Production options and special
equipment.
Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-13.
Application Capacities
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
2.5L L4 9.1 L 9.6 qt
3.6L V6 12.4 L 13.1 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.5L L4 4.7 L 5.0 qt
3.6L V6 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank 80 L 21 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.9 L 2.0 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Technical Data 12-3
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
2.5L L4 A 0.95–1.10mm
(0.037–0.043 in)
3.6L V6 3 0.95–1.10mm
(0.037–0.043 in)
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
12-4 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
L4 Engines
V6 Engines
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Customer Information 13-1
Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program .................... 13-5
Roadside Assistance
Program .................... 13-5
Scheduling Service
Appointments (U.S. and
Canada) .................... 13-7
Courtesy Transportation
Program (U.S. and
Canada) .................... 13-7
Collision Damage Repair
(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-11
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-12
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-14
OnStar
®
.................... 13-15
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . 13-15
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In
Canada, call General Motors of
Canada Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
.Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
.Dealership name and location.
.Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.
When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.
STEP THREE —U.S. Owners:
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line
®
Program
to enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.
You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business
Bureaus, Inc.
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203-1838
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Customer Information 13-3
STEP THREE —Canadian
Owners: In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Limited wants you to be aware of its
participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada Limited
has committed to binding arbitration
of owner disputes involving
factory-related vehicle service
claims. The program provides for
the review of the facts involved by
an impartial third party arbiter, and
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is
designed so that the entire dispute
settlement process, from the time
you file your complaint to the final
decision, should be completed in
about 70 days. We believe our
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Limited
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Your inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
Customer Assistance
Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers to
call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
the letter should be addressed to:
United States and Puerto Rico
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer
Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com
1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-243-8872
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
13-4 Customer Information
Canada
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre,
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Overseas
Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.
Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Online Owner Center
Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com
The Chevrolet online owner
experience is a one-stop resource
that allows interaction with
Chevrolet and keeps important
vehicle-specific information in
one place.
Membership Benefits
E(Vehicle Information):
Download owner manuals and view
vehicle-specific how-to videos.
G(Maintenance Information):
View maintenance schedules,
alerts, OnStar onboard vehicle
diagnostic information, and
schedule service appointments.
I(Service History): View and
print dealer-recorded service
records and self-recorded service
records.
D(Preferred Dealer
Information): Select a preferred
dealer and view dealer location,
maps, phone numbers, and hours.
J(Warranty Tracking
Information): Track the vehicle’s
warranty information.
J(Recall Information):
View active recalls by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
on page 12-1.
H(Other Account Information):
View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite
radio (if equipped), and OnStar
account information.
F(Live Chat Support): Chat live
with online help representatives.
Visit my.chevrolet.com to register
your vehicle.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Customer Information 13-5
Chevrolet Owner Centre
(Canada) chevroletowner.ca
Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner
Centre:
.Chat live with online help
representatives.
.Use the Vehicle Tools section.
.Access third party enthusiast
sites and social media networks.
.Locate owner resources such as
lease-end, financing, and
warranty information.
.Retrieve your favorite articles,
quizzes, tips, and multimedia
galleries organized into the
Features and Auto Care
Sections.
.Download the owner manual for
your vehicle, quickly and easily.
.Find the
Chevrolet-recommended
maintenance services for your
vehicle.
GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement of eligible
aftermarket adaptive equipment
required for the vehicle, such as
hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.
For more information on the limited
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935.
Text Telephone (TTY) users,
call 1-800-833-9935.
General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
for details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.
Roadside Assistance
Program
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.
Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
.Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
.Telephone number of your
location.
.Location of the vehicle.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
13-6 Customer Information
.Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
.Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle.
.Description of the problem.
Coverage
Services are provided up to 5 years/
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever
comes first.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to make
any changes or discontinue the
Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
services or payment to an owner or
driver if they decide the claims are
made too often, or the same type of
claim is made many times.
Services Provided
.Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.
.Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.
.Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Chevrolet dealer for
warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is not given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
.Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is
not covered by the warranty.
.Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.
Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
.Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws.
.Legal fines.
.Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices.
Service is not provided if a vehicle
is in an area that is not accessible
to the service vehicle or is not a
regularly traveled or maintained
public road, which includes ice and
winter roads. Off-road use is
not covered.
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Customer Information 13-7
Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel
delivery may be restricted.
Propane and other fuels are not
provided through this service.
.Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.
.Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
150 kilometers from where your
trip was started to qualify.
General Motors of
Canada Limited requires
pre-authorization, original
detailed receipts, and a copy of
the repair orders. Once
authorization has been received,
the Roadside Assistance advisor
will help to make arrangements
and explain how to receive
payment.
.Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,
after sending the original receipt
to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service
Appointments (U.S. and
Canada)
When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.
Courtesy Transportation
Program (U.S. and
Canada)
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
13-8 Customer Information
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”
furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to do so, your
dealer may offer the following
transportation options:
Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip
shuttle service within reasonable
time and distance parameters of
your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are
needed, and public transportation is
used, the expense must be
supported by original receipts and
within the maximum amount allowed
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
customers arrange their own
transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the
dealer may provide an available
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
Reimbursement is limited and must
be supported by original receipts as
well as a signed and completed
rental agreement and meet state/
provincial, local, and rental vehicle
provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Additional fees such as fuel usage
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees,
excessive mileage, or rental usage
beyond the completion of the repair
are also your responsibility.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Contact your dealer
for specific availability.
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.
Collision Damage Repair
(U.S. and Canada)
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Customer Information 13-9
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.
Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.
Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs through the use of
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
13-10 Customer Information
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13-5.
Gather the following information:
.Driver name, address, and
telephone number.
.Driver license number.
.Owner name, address, and
telephone number.
.Vehicle license plate number.
.Vehicle make, model, and
model year.
.Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.Insurance company and policy
number.
.General description of the
damage to the other vehicle.
Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts”earlier in this
section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? on page 3-21.
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Customer Information 13-11
If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.
Service Publications
Ordering Information
Service Manuals
Service Manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.
Service Bulletins
Service Bulletins give additional
technical service information
needed to knowledgeably service
General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions
to assist in the diagnosis and
service of the vehicle.
Owner Information
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle.
The Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Manual.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Current and Past Models
Technical Service Bulletins and
Manuals are available for current
and past model GM vehicles.
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday –Friday
8:00 AM –6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Prices are subject to change
without notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
All listed prices are quoted in
U.S. funds. Make checks payable
in U.S. funds.
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
13-12 Customer Information
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID)
RFID technology is used in some
vehicles for functions such as tire
pressure monitoring and ignition
system security, as well as in
connection with conveniences such
as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitters for remote door locking/
unlocking and starting, and
in-vehicle transmitters for garage
door openers. RFID technology in
GM vehicles does not use or record
personal information or link with any
other GM system containing
personal information.
Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of
the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with
Industry Canada Standards
RSS-GEN/210/220/310.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a
recall and remedy campaign.
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Customer Information 13-13
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may
call the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about
motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a safety
defect, notify Transport Canada
immediately, and notify General
Motors of Canada Limited.
Call Transport Canada at
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer
Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre,
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
13-14 Customer Information
Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the
vehicle uses computer modules to
monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag
deployment and deploy them in a
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules
may store data to help the dealer
technician service the vehicle.
Some modules may also store data
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air
bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
.How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
.Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
.How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/
or brake pedal; and,
.How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no
data are recorded by the EDR under
normal driving conditions and no
personal data (e.g., name, gender,
age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties,
such as law enforcement, could
combine the EDR data with the type
of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
Black plate (15,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
Customer Information 13-15
GM will not access this data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
OnStar
®
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar
®
and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
Black plate (16,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
13-16 Customer Information
2NOTES
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
OnStar 14-1
OnStar
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
Vehicle Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
OnStar Overview
=Voice Command Button
QBlue OnStar Button
>Emergency Button
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to a live OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connection, and
Diagnostic Services. OnStar
services may require a paid
subscription. OnStar requires the
vehicle battery and electrical
system, cellular service, and GPS
satellite signals to be available and
operating. OnStar acts as a link to
existing public emergency service
providers. OnStar may collect
information about you and your
vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar’s Terms
and Conditions and Privacy
Statement for more details including
system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
.Solid Green: System is on.
.Flashing Green: On a call.
.Red: Indicates a problem.
.Off: System is off. Press the blue
OnStar button twice to speak
with an OnStar Advisor.
Press Qor call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to
an Advisor.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
14-2 OnStar
Press =to:
.Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.
.Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.
.Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.
Requires a specific OnStar
subscription plan.
.Obtain the WiFi network name,
or Service Set Identifier or SSID,
and passphrase (if equipped).
Press Qto connect to a live
Advisor to:
.Verify account information or
update contact information.
.Get driving directions. Requires
a specific OnStar
subscription plan.
.Receive On-Demand
Diagnostics for a check of the
vehicle’s key operating systems.
.Receive Roadside Assistance.
.Manage WiFi Settings (if
equipped).
Press >to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Emergency Advisor
available 24/7 to:
.Get help for an emergency.
.Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.
.Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis and
evacuation routes.
OnStar Services
Emergency
With Automatic Crash Response,
the OnStar system can
automatically connect to an OnStar
Emergency Advisor. The built-in
system can automatically connect to
help in certain crashes.
Press >to connect to an
OnStar Emergency Advisor. GPS
technology is used to identify the
vehicle location and can provide
important information to emergency
personnel. OnStar Emergency
Advisors are trained to provide
assistance and link to existing
public emergency service providers
in emergency situations.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Crisis Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information if a
crisis occurs.
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
OnStar 14-3
Security
OnStar provides services including
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote
Ignition Block, and Roadside
Assistance, if equipped. OnStar can
unlock the vehicle doors remotely,
if equipped with automatic door
locks, and can help police locate the
vehicle if it is stolen.
Navigation
OnStar navigation requires a
specific OnStar subscription plan.
Press Qto receive directions or
have them sent to the vehicle
navigation screen, if equipped.
Destinations can also be forwarded
to the vehicle from MapQuest.com.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Qto connect to a live
Advisor.
2. Request directions.
3. Directions are downloaded to the
vehicle.
4. Follow the voice-guided
commands.
Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone. Say
“Cancel route.”System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”
2. Say “Yes.”System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”
Route Preview
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
2. Say “Route preview.”System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
2. Say “Repeat.”System responds
with the last direction given, then
responds with “OnStar ready,”
then a tone.
Get My Destination
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with the
address and the distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,”then a tone.
Other Navigation Services
Available from OnStar
OnStar eNav: Subscribers can
send destinations from
MapQuest.com to the vehicle
Turn-by-Turn Navigation or
screen-based navigation system
(if equipped). When ready, the
directions will be downloaded to
the vehicle.
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
14-4 OnStar
Destination Download: Press Q,
then request the Advisor to
download directions to the
navigation system in the vehicle (if
equipped). After the call ends, press
the “Go”button on the navigation
screen to begin driving directions.
If directions are downloaded to the
navigation system, the route can
only be canceled through the
navigation system.
Destinations can also be
downloaded on the go.
For information about eNav or
Destination Download, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Connections
The required specific Onstar
subscription plan includes the
services that follow to help
customers stay connected.
For coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
WiFi Connectivity (If Equipped)
The vehicle has a WiFi hotspot that
provides a high-speed, wireless
Internet connection to connect
multiple mobile devices (data plan
required).
1. To retrieve WiFi hotspot
information, press =and select
or say “WiFi settings.”
2. The WiFi settings will display the
WiFi network name/SSID,
passphrase, and level of
encryption.
3. To change the SSID or
passphrase, press Qor call
1-888-4-ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor.
OnStar RemoteLink
®
Mobile App
(If Equipped)
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
mobile app to select Apple
®
,
Android™, and BlackBerry
®
or
Windows 7 or 8 mobile devices.
From the mobile device, check the
vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, or tire
pressure (if the vehicle is equipped
with the tire pressure monitoring
system); or activate remote horn
and lights. Also remote start the
vehicle (if factory equipped) or
unlock the doors from anywhere
with a wireless connection (if
equipped with automatic locks).
With a required specific OnStar
subscription plan, a destination can
be sent to the vehicle. For OnStar
RemoteLink information and
compatibility, see www.onstar.com
(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar RemoteLink
®
Key Fob
Services
This feature is included for five
years and allows for remote door
lock/unlock (if equipped with
automatic locks), remote start (if
factory equipped), or activation of
horn and lights from anywhere with
a wireless signal. Download the app
and start using it any time during the
trial period to get started.
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
OnStar 14-5
OnStar Hands-Free Calling
This service allows calls to be made
and received from the vehicle.
To Make a Call
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.”System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1”and the
area code. System responds:
“OK calling.”
Calling 911 Emergency
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar Ready,”followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Call.”System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say “911”without pausing.
System responds: “911.”
4. Say “Call.”System responds:
“OK, dialing 911.”
Retrieve My Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “My number.”System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is,”
then says the number.
End a Call
Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”
Store a Name Tag for Speed
Dialing
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Store.”System responds:
“Please say the number you
would like to store.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing. System responds:
“Please say the name tag.”
4. Pick a name tag. System
responds: “About to store <name
tag>. Does that sound OK?”
5. Say “Yes”or say “No”to try
again. System responds: “OK,
storing <name tag>.”
Place a Call Using a Stored
Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call <name tag>.”System
responds: “OK, calling
<name tag>.”
Verify Minutes and Expiration
Press =and say “Minutes”then
“Verify”to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
14-6 OnStar
Vehicle Diagnostics
OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics can
perform a vehicle check every
month. It will check the engine,
transmission, antilock brakes, and
other major vehicle systems. It also
checks the tire pressures, if the
vehicle is equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System. If an
On-Demand Diagnostics check is
needed, press Q, and an Advisor
can run a check.
OnStar Additional
Information
Transferring Service
Press Qto request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can assist in canceling or removing
account information.
Selling/Transferring the
Vehicle
Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR immediately
to terminate your OnStar services if
the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
transferred, or if the lease ends.
Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners
Press Qand follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
vehicle records and explain the
OnStar service options available.
How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
are available on most vehicles. Not
all OnStar services are available
everywhere or on all vehicles. For
more information, a full description
of OnStar services, system
limitations, and OnStar terms and
conditions:
.Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827).
.See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
.See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
.Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
.Press Qto speak with an
Advisor.
OnStar services cannot work unless
the vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
OnStar 14-7
in that area. The wireless service
provider must also have coverage,
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar
services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar services may not
work if the OnStar equipment is not
properly installed or it has not been
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar services may
not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar may prevent
service such as hills, tall buildings,
tunnels, weather, electrical system
design and architecture of the
vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a
crash, or wireless phone network
congestion or jamming.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13-12.
Services for People with
Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help
subscribers with physical disabilities
and medical conditions.
Press Qfor help with:
.Locating a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.
.Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.
.Providing directions to the
closest hospital or pharmacy in
urgent situations.
TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle.
The available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all of the OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some of
the OnStar services, like Remote
Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle
Assistance. The PIN will need to be
changed the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Qor
calling 1-888-4-ONSTAR.
Warranty
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the vehicle
warranty.
Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in multiple languages.
Press Qand ask for an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available
languages may vary by country.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
14-8 OnStar
Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for five days.
After five days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance and a
locksmith to help gain access to
the vehicle.
Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels,
underpasses; or in an area with
very dense trees. If GPS signals
are not available, the OnStar
system should still operate to
call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location.
.In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.
A temporary loss of GPS can
cause loss of the ability to send a
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
Advisor may give a verbal route or
may ask for a call back after the
vehicle is driven into an open area.
Cellular and GPS Antennas
Do not place items over or near the
antenna to prevent blocking cellular
and GPS signal reception. Cellular
reception is required for OnStar to
send remote signals to the vehicle.
Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press Qto try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.
Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment on page 9-67. Added
electrical equipment may interfere
with the operation of the OnStar
system and cause it to not operate.
Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
recommend that you review it.
If you have any questions, call
1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
or press Qto speak with an
Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
cannot be assured. Third parties
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
OnStar 14-9
may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.
OnStar - software
acknowledgements
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software and other
third party software. Below are the
notices and licenses associated
with libcurl and unzip and for other
third party software please see
http://www.lg.com/global/support/
opensource/index and
https://www.onstar.com/web/portal/
getdocuments
libcurl:
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010,
Daniel Stenberg,
<daniel@haxx.se>.
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the
above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,”WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder shall
not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use
or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
unzip:
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of
the Info-ZIP copyright and license.
The definitive version of this
document should be available
at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP.
All rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP”is defined as
the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley,
Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs,
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
14-10 OnStar
Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White.
This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer, and
this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer, and
this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception
to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary or
disabled.
3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing ports
with new graphical interfaces,
and dynamic, shared, or static
library versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not be
misrepresented as being the
original source. Such altered
versions also must not be
misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including, but
not limited to, labeling of the
altered versions with the names
“Info-ZIP”(or any variation
thereof, including, but not limited
to, different capitalizations),
“Pocket UnZip,” “WiZ”or
“MacZip”without the explicit
permission of Info-ZIP.
Such altered versions are
further prohibited from
misrepresentative use of the
Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip”for its own source
and binary releases.
Black plate (1,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
INDEX i-1
A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67
Additional Information
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-6
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-13
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
Airbag System (cont'd)
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-18
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-12
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Antenna
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86
Armrest
Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Audio
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
Audio System
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
Automatic
Climate Control System . . . . . . . . 8-3
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
Shift Lock Control
Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
i-2 INDEX
B
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-28
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Bluetooth
Overview . . . . . . . . . 7-25, 7-27, 7-30
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Brake
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-16
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and
Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
California
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-55
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Camera
Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . .9-51
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Cautions, Danger, and
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-13
Check
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Ignition
Transmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-27
Black plate (3,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
INDEX i-3
Child Restraints
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-38
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53, 3-59
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-86
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . 13-8
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Connections
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-4
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-45
Traction and Electronic
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-43
Control Light
Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Coolant
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Engine Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . .13-11
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . 13-8
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-14
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Door
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
i-4 INDEX
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4
Driver
Teen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Driving
Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-58
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-21
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-11
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . .9-13
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
E
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67
Electrical System
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Emergency
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-2
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-5
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Cooling System Messages . . .5-27
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-4
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Engine (cont'd)
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-30
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-64
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-14
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2
F
Fan
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-4
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90
Black plate (5,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
INDEX i-5
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-12
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Four-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 9-37, 10-24
Frequency Statement
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-55
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-57
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . .9-55
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Fuel (cont'd)
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-20
Requirements, California . . . . .9-55
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
G
Gauges
Engine Coolant
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-58
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
H
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-4
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-21
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-21
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
i-6 INDEX
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Heater
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
Heating and Air
Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1, 8-3
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-11
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . 9-45
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . 5-18
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
I
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Indicator
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 2-16
Internet Radio
Pandora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
J
Jack
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-74
K
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-29
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-4
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-42
Lamps
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-3
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Lamps (cont'd)
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-13
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Lane Departure Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Light
Hill Decent Control . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Black plate (7,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
INDEX i-7
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-16
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . .5-18
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 5-11
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
StabiliTrak
®
OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak
®
. . . . . . . . . .5-19
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-20
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-10
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . 11-3
Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-13
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Messages
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Battery Voltage and
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-27
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Object Detection System . . . . .5-29
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
i-8 INDEX
Messaging
Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . 2-16
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
N
Navigation
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
O
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-29
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
OnStar
®
System, In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21
OnStar
®
Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
OnStar
®
Connections . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
OnStar
®
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
OnStar
®
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
OnStar
®
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
OnStar
®
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
OnStar
®
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
OnStar
®
Vehicle
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-6
Ordering
Service Publications . . . . . . . . .13-11
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Overview, Infotainment
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
P
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . . 7-10
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-27
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-29
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-23
Black plate (9,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
INDEX i-9
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . 7-25, 7-27, 7-30
Port
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-25
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Pregnancy, Using Safety
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . 13-14
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . .13-7
Proposition 65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
R
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-51
Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-29
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-16
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Ride Control Systems
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-29
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
i-10 INDEX
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
S
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-30
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . .3-16
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-15
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-13
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-7
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Securing Child
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53, 3-59
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Service
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-16
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Service (cont'd)
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11
Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-7
Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Spare Tire
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Special Application Services . . . 11-9
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
StabiliTrak
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Black plate (11,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
INDEX i-11
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Steering System Messages . . . . 5-31
Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Storage Areas
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
System
Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1, 13-15
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Taillamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-13
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-40
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-72
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-73
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-50
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-31
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Tires (cont'd)
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-49
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-60
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-58
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-64
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-58
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-76
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-61
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-66
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Black plate (12,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
i-12 INDEX
Traction
Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak
®
Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . .9-66
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-61
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-32
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Truck-Camper Loading
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Turn Signal
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
U
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Updates
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Vehicle (cont'd)
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-33
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-76
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 5-18
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Vehicle Data Recording
and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
Vehicle Diagnostics
OnStar
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-6
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Black plate (13,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
INDEX i-13
W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . .9-52
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Wheels
Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-36
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-28
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-
7586788) - 2015 - CRC - 8/22/14
i-14 INDEX
2NOTES

Navigation menu